Sie sind auf Seite 1von 236

220

Box systems
Wide ranging design options
TANDEMBOX intivo TANDEMBOX antaro TANDEMBOX plus METABOX

The individual line high sided
and versatile
TANDEMBOX intivo, fulfils indi-
vidual design wishes via design
elements made from any desired
material
The minimalist line rectangular
with a clear design all the way
down the line
TANDEMBOX antaro is character-
ised by a clear style whether its
with a gallery or as a closed box
with a design element
The versatile line
TANDEMBOX plus offers a wide
range of application. Characterised
by a round gallery. Also available:
bins closed on the side
Comprehensive programme for many op-
tions
High stability
Quality for the lifetime of the furniture
You can now fulfil different customer
wishes with only one pull-out system the
TANDEMBOX programme makes this pos-
sible. This is because the TANDEMBOX intivo,
TANDEMBOX antaro and TANDEMBOX plus
lines offer many different design options. Each
line offers a comprehensive range of ap-
plications: from standard solutions to special
applications.
BLUMOTION for silent and effortless closing
action
SERVO-DRIVE for more comfort of motion.
A light touch for opening. BLUMOTION
provides silent and effortless closing action
TIP-ON for handle-less options
Simple. Excellent. Proven.
The single walled Box system
made from steel offers a number of
application options
Catalogue 2013/2014
221
Box systems
Overview
TANDEMBOX intivo
TANDEMBOX intivo 222
Overview 223
Overview applications 224
Design element 248
Accessories 250
Cabinet profile fixing positions 254
Assembly, removal and adjustment 256

TANDEMBOX antaro
TANDEMBOX antaro 262
Overview 263
Overview applications 264
Accessories design element 300
Accessories 300
Cabinet profile fixing positions 306
Assembly, removal and adjustment 308

TANDEMBOX plus
TANDEMBOX plus 314
Overview 315
Overview applications 316
Accessories 352
Cabinet profile fixing positions 358
Assembly, removal and adjustment 360

SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX 366
Overview 367
Accessories 396
Assembly, removal and adjustment 398

TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX 406
Assembly, removal and adjustment 410

METABOX
METABOX 412
Overview 413
Overview applications 414
Accessories 444
Cabinet profile fixing positions 452
Assembly, removal and adjustment 453
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s
Symbol image
Symbol image
Symbol image
Symbol image
Symbol image
Symbol image
Catalogue 2013/2014
222
Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo

Thanks to a groove in the drawer
top edge, BOXCAP as well as the
design element can be attached
seamlessly to the drawer side
Using BOXCAP side panels which
perfectly match the drawer side
material,giving a continuous design
Always different, always unique The individual components such
as the drawer side, BOXCAP,
BOXCOVER and inner pull-outs are
uniform in colour and material
Blum design elements.
Design elements made from clear or frosted glass can be ordered plain,
adorned with a pattern or printed according to an individual wish.
More: http://myintivo.blum.com
Using BOXCOVER and design
elements, there are endless design
opportunities. The design element
can be made from any material
The individual line high sided and versatile
Catalogue 2013/2014

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s
With TANDEMBOX intivo, you can make the
inside of the kitchen unique because there
are so many design options available. No
matter what you decide: each solution with
TANDEMBOX intivo is really quite special and
fulfils your individual design wishes.
You also have the option of using the different
opening support systems. SERVO-DRIVE,
the electrical opening support system in
combination with BLUMOTION or TIP-ON, the
mechanical opening support system.
223
Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Overview
TANDEMBOX intivo
Overview applications 224
Design element 248

Accessories
Steel back 250
Side stabilisation top mounted 250
Front stabilisation 251
Screws 252
Centre bit 252
Door buffer 252
Screwdriver 253

Cabinet profile fixing positions
Cabinet profile 558B 30 kg 254
Cabinet profile 559B 50 kg 254
Cabinet profile 556B 65 kg 254
Cabinet profile 559T 20/30/50 kg 254
Side stabilisation top mounted 255

Assembly, removal and adjustment
Drawer 256
Adjustment drawer 256
Inner drawer 257
High fronted pull-out 258
Adjustment high fronted pull-out 259
Inner pull-out 259
Locking piece Z31A0008 261
SPACE CORNER with SYNCROMOTION 363
SPACE CORNER with rigid fronts 365
Sink cabinet 261
Pictograph
Item Available Upon Request
General Information
Accessories
TANDEMBOX intivo
Corner cabinet
Sink cabinet
Larder unit
Drawer
Inner drawer
High fronted pull-out
Inner pull-out
BOXCOVER with design element
BOXCAP
Installation height and/or min. space
requirement in cabinet
Height of Drawer Side
Dynamic carrying capacity in kg
Planning
Cutting
Assembly
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Catalogue 2013/2014
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

Symbol image
Symbol image
Symbol image
Symbol image
224
Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Overview applications
Standard cabinet
Drawer Inner drawer
Drawer N
226
Drawer M Inner drawer M
228 230
High fronted pull-out Inner pull-out
High fronted pull-out BOXCOVER D Inner pull-out BOXCOVER D
232 234
High fronted pull-out BOXCAP D Inner pull-out BOXCAP D
236 238
Corner cabinet
SPACE CORNER with
SYNCROMOTION
240
SPACE CORNER with rigid fronts
241
Sink cabinet
High fronted pull-out
High fronted pull-out BOXCOVER D
242
High fronted pull-out BOXCAP D
244
Larder unit
SPACE TOWER
246 Cabinet width 450 - 600 mm
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

Catalogue 2013/2014
225
Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Overview applications
Design element
Glass design element plain Glass design element printed
248 249
Imitation leather design element
248
Info box

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

Catalogue 2013/2014
Take advantage of DYNALOG limited included free on the DVD.
DYNAPLAN cabinet planning incl. a collision check and fittings selection
DYNACAT electronic product catalogue and CAD data export (dxf, dwg, igs, sat, wrl, x_t, jpg)
DYNASHOP shopping basket and ordering function
3
226
Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Standard cabinet
Drawer N
Space requirement
Order information
450 mm
400 mm
558.4501B01
558.4001B01
500 mm
550 mm
558.5001B
558.5501B
BLUMOTION *
Cabinet profiles
left/right
Nominal
length NL 30 kg
1
450 mm
400 mm
559.4501T
559.4001T
500 mm
550 mm
559.5001T
559.5501T
TIP-ON **
Cabinet profiles
left/right
Nominal
length NL 30/50 kg
1
450 mm
400 mm
500 mm
550 mm
358N4502SA
358N4002SA
358N5002SA
358N5502SA
358N4502IA
358N4002IA
358N5002IA
358N5502IA
Drawer sides and cover
caps left/right

Nominal
length NL Inox
2
SW TS
Steel
Back fixing left/right
Z30N000S.04 SW, TS, NI
Part no.

Material Colour
3
Front fixing bracket
Screw-on
Knock-in
INSERTA
2 x
2 x
2 x
ZSF.3902
ZSF.3502
ZSF.3602



Fixing method Part no.
4
Catalogue 2013/2014
Cover caps can be printed with
customer name/logo minimums
from 1000 pcs
** Order specification, see TIP-ON
for TANDEMBOX
* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Steel drawer side silk white (SW), terra black
(TS) and stainless steel (Inox)
- Tool-free front assembly
- 2-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
Silk white RAL 7037 light grey
Terra black Black
Stainless steel Nickel plated
TS S
SW R7037
Inox NI
Colour
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

NL Nominal length
96
37 192
288
320
9
96
32
32 32
A
B
A
B
L
W
K
B
227
Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Standard cabinet
Drawer N
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions for
screw-on front
Front drilling dimensions for
INSERTA/knock-in
Back installation dimensions
Cabinet profile screw positions Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard
400
450
500
550
Nominal length NL (mm)
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm
LW - 87 mm
LW - 75 mm
Back
69 mm
Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX intivo 223
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Accessories steel back 250
Accessories 250
Cabinet profile fixing positions 254
Assembly, removal and adjustment 256
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
Catalogue 2013/2014
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

KB Cabinet width
LW Inner cabinet width
NL Nominal length
FA Front overlay
228
Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Standard cabinet
Drawer M
Space requirement
Order information
300 mm
270 mm
558.3001B
558.2701B

350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
558.3501B01
558.4001B01
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B




559.4501B
559.5001B
559.5501B
559.6001B
559.6501B


556.4501B
556.5001B
556.5501B
556.6001B
556.6501B
BLUMOTION *
Cabinet profiles left/right
Nominal
length NL 30 kg 50 kg 65 kg
1
300 mm
270 mm
559.3001T
559.2701T
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
559.3501T
559.4001T
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T
TIP-ON **
Cabinet profiles
left/right
Nominal
length NL 20/30/50 kg
1
300 mm
270 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
358M3002SA
358M2702SA
358M3502SA
358M4002SA
358M4502SA
358M5002SA
358M5502SA
359M6002SA
359M6502SA
358M3002IA
358M2702IA
358M3502IA
358M4002IA
358M4502IA
358M5002IA
358M5502IA
359M6002IA
359M6502IA
Drawer sides and cover
caps left/right

Nominal
length NL Inox
2
SW TS
Steel
Back fixing left/right
Z30M000S.04 SW, TS, NI
Part no.

Material Colour
3
Front fixing bracket
Screw-on
Knock-in
INSERTA
2 x
2 x
2 x
ZSF.3902
ZSF.3502
ZSF.3602



Fixing method Part no.
4
Catalogue 2013/2014
Cover caps can be printed with
customer name/logo minimums
from 1000 pcs
** Order specification, see TIP-ON
for TANDEMBOX
* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Steel drawer side silk white (SW), terra black
(TS) and stainless steel (Inox)
- Tool-free front assembly
- 2-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
Silk white RAL 7037 light grey
Terra black Black
Stainless steel Nickel plated
TS S
SW R7037
Inox NI
Colour
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

NL Nominal length
A
B
A
B
L
W
K
B
229
Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Standard cabinet
Drawer M
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions for
screw-on front
Front drilling dimensions for
INSERTA/knock-in
Back installation dimensions
Cabinet profile screw positions Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard
270
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
Nominal length NL (mm)
* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm
LW - 87 mm
LW - 75 mm
Back
84 mm
Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX intivo 223
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories steel back 250
Accessories 250
Cabinet profile fixing positions 254
Assembly, removal and adjustment 256
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
Catalogue 2013/2014
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

KB Cabinet width
LW Inner cabinet width
NL Nominal length
FA Front overlay
230
Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Standard cabinet
Inner drawer M
Space requirement
Order information
300 mm
270 mm
558.3001B
558.2701B

350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
558.3501B01
558.4001B01
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B




559.4501B
559.5001B
559.5501B
559.6001B
559.6501B


556.4501B
556.5001B
556.5501B
556.6001B
556.6501B
BLUMOTION *
Cabinet profiles left/right
Nominal
length NL 30 kg 50 kg 65 kg
1
300 mm
270 mm
559.3001T
559.2701T
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
559.3501T
559.4001T
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T
TIP-ON **
Cabinet profiles
left/right
Nominal
length NL 20/30/50 kg
1
300 mm
270 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
358M3002SA
358M2702SA
358M3502SA
358M4002SA
358M4502SA
358M5002SA
358M5502SA
359M6002SA
359M6502SA
358M3002IA
358M2702IA
358M3502IA
358M4002IA
358M4502IA
358M5002IA
358M5502IA
359M6002IA
359M6502IA
Drawer sides and cover
caps left/right

Nominal
length NL Inox
2
SW TS
Steel
Back fixing left/right
Z30M000S.04 SW, TS, NI
Part no.

Material Colour
3
Incl. locking piece Z31A0008
Steel
Front fixing left/right
ZIF.80M0.01 SW, TS, NI
Part no.

Material Colour
4
Internal cabinet width LW - 132 mm
Front piece without groove
Cutting
Z31L1036A
Part no.
5
SW, TS, NI For cutting to size, 1036 mm
Colour Length
Nylon
Handle
ZIF.80M5 SW, S, R7037
Accessories
Part no.

Material Colour
6a
Nylon
Handle and latch
ZIF.80M7 SW, S, R7037
Part no.

Material Colour
Alternative to 6a
6b
Catalogue 2013/2014
Cover caps can be printed with
customer name/logo minimums
from 1000 pcs
** Order specification, see TIP-ON
for TANDEMBOX
* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Steel drawer side silk white (SW), terra black
(TS) and stainless steel (Inox)
- Tool-free front assembly
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
- Inner drawers either with handle or handle and
latch
Silk white RAL 7037 light grey
Terra black Black
Stainless steel Nickel plated
TS S
SW R7037
Inox NI
Colour
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

NL Nominal length
* With handle
A
B
A
B
L
W
K
B
231
Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Standard cabinet
Inner drawer M
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Back installation dimensions Front drilling dimensions for
latch

Cabinet profile screw positions Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard
270
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
Nominal length NL (mm)
* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm
LW - 87 mm
LW - 75 mm
Back
84 mm
Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX intivo 223
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories steel back 250
Accessories 250
Cabinet profile fixing positions 254
Assembly, removal and adjustment 256
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
Catalogue 2013/2014
* A minimum space of 73 mm
can be accommodated by using
ZIF.80M5
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

KB Cabinet width
LW Inner cabinet width
NL Nominal length
232
Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Standard cabinet
High fronted pull-out BOXCOVER D
Space requirement
Order information
300 mm
270 mm
558.3001B
558.2701B

350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
558.3501B01
558.4001B01
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B




559.4501B
559.5001B
559.5501B
559.6001B
559.6501B


556.4501B
556.5001B
556.5501B
556.6001B
556.6501B
BLUMOTION *
Cabinet profiles left/right
Nominal
length NL 30 kg 50 kg 65 kg
1
300 mm
270 mm
559.3001T
559.2701T
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
559.3501T
559.4001T
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T
TIP-ON **
Cabinet profiles
left/right
Nominal
length NL 20/30/50 kg
1
Stainless steel
Steel
BOXCOVER left/right
Z36L002G.S
Z36L002G.I
SW, TS
Inox
Part no.


Material Colour
9
Z37GxxxD
Glass design element (side)
Glass
Material Part no.
9a
Steel
Back fixing left/right
Z30D000SL SW, TS, NI
Part no.

Material Colour
3
Front fixing bracket
EXPANDO
Screw-on
2 x
2 x ZSF.5220
ZSF.532E
Fixing method Part no.
4
Catalogue 2013/2014
Cover caps can be printed with
customer name/logo minimums
from 1000 pcs
** Order specification, see TIP-ON
for TANDEMBOX
* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE
- With BOXCOVER and design element
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Steel drawer side silk white (SW), terra black
(TS) and stainless steel (Inox)
- Tool-free front assembly
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
Silk white RAL 7037 light grey
Terra black Black
Stainless steel Nickel plated
TS S
SW R7037
Inox NI
Colour
NL Nominal length
300 mm
270 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
358L3002SA2
358L2702SA2
358L3502SA2
358L4002SA2
358L4502SA2
358L5002SA2
358L5502SA2
359L6002SA2
359L6502SA2
358L3002IA2
358L2702IA2
358L3502IA2
358L4002IA2
358L4502IA2
358L5002IA2
358L5502IA2
359L6002IA2
359L6502IA2
Drawer sides and cover
caps left/right

Nominal
length NL Inox SW TS
2
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

A
B
A
B
L
W
K
B
233
Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Standard cabinet
High fronted pull-out BOXCOVER D
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions for
screw-on front
Drilling dimensions for
EXPANDO front
Back installation dimensions
Cabinet profile screw positions Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard
Cutting dimensions design element
270
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
Nominal length NL (mm)
* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm
LW - 87 mm
LW - 75 mm
Back
199 mm
Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX intivo 223
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Design element 248
Accessories steel back 250
Accessories 250
Cabinet profile fixing positions 254
Assembly, removal and adjustment 256
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
Catalogue 2013/2014
KB Cabinet width
LW Inner cabinet width
NL Nominal length
FA Front overlay
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

The given dimensions in combina-
tion with TANDEMBOX do not require
impact testing for vertically installed
glass parts as per the DIN EN 14749
norm Nov.2005. For norm compliance
no safety glass is required.
The upper edge is a polished flat-ended
edge with a 1 mm 0.5 mm bevel.
234
Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Standard cabinet
Inner pull-out BOXCOVER D
Space requirement
Order information
300 mm
270 mm
558.3001B
558.2701B

350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
558.3501B01
558.4001B01
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B




559.4501B
559.5001B
559.5501B
559.6001B
559.6501B


556.4501B
556.5001B
556.5501B
556.6001B
556.6501B
BLUMOTION *
Cabinet profiles left/right
Nominal
length NL 30 kg 50 kg 65 kg
1
300 mm
270 mm
559.3001T
559.2701T
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
559.3501T
559.4001T
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T
TIP-ON **
Cabinet profiles
left/right
Nominal
length NL 20/30/50 kg
1
Stainless steel
Steel
BOXCOVER left/right
Z36L002G.S
Z36L002G.I
SW, TS
Inox
Part no.


Material Colour
9
Z37GxxxD
Glass design element (side)
Glass
Material Part no.
9a
Steel
Back fixing left/right
Z30D000SL SW, TS, NI
Part no.

Material Colour
3
Z37GxxxD
Glass design element (for inner pull-out front)
Glass
Material Part no.
4a
Internal cabinet width LW - 132 mm
Front piece with groove
Cutting
Z31L1036AN
Part no.
5
SW, TS, NI For cutting to size, 1036 mm
Colour Length
Catalogue 2013/2014
Cover caps can be printed with
customer name/logo minimums
from 1000 pcs
** Order specification, see TIP-ON
for TANDEMBOX
* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE
- With BOXCOVER and design element
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Steel drawer side silk white (SW), terra black
(TS) and stainless steel (Inox)
- Tool-free front assembly
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
Silk white RAL 7037 light grey
Terra black Black
Stainless steel Nickel plated
TS S
SW R7037
Inox NI
Colour
NL Nominal length
300 mm
270 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
358L3002SA2
358L2702SA2
358L3502SA2
358L4002SA2
358L4502SA2
358L5002SA2
358L5502SA2
359L6002SA2
359L6502SA2
358L3002IA2
358L2702IA2
358L3502IA2
358L4002IA2
358L4502IA2
358L5002IA2
358L5502IA2
359L6002IA2
359L6502IA2
Drawer sides and cover
caps left/right

Nominal
length NL Inox SW TS
2
Incl. locking piece Z31A0008
Steel
Front fixing left/right
ZIF.81D0.01 SW, TS, NI
Part no.

Material Colour
4

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s
A
B
A
B
L
W
K
B
235
Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Standard cabinet
Inner pull-out BOXCOVER D
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Back installation dimensions
Cabinet profile screw positions Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard
Cutting dimensions design element
270
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
Nominal length NL (mm)
* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm
LW - 87 mm
LW - 75 mm
Back
199 mm
Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX intivo 223
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Design element 248
Accessories steel back 250
Accessories 250
Cabinet profile fixing positions 254
Assembly, removal and adjustment 256
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
Catalogue 2013/2014
KB Cabinet width
LW Inner cabinet width
NL Nominal length
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

The given dimensions in combina-
tion with TANDEMBOX do not require
impact testing for vertically installed
glass parts as per the DIN EN 14749
norm Nov.2005. For norm compliance
no safety glass is required.
The upper edge is a polished flat-ended
edge with a 1 mm 0.5 mm bevel.
236
Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Standard cabinet
High fronted pull-out BOXCAP D
Space requirement
Order information
300 mm
270 mm
558.3001B
558.2701B

350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
558.3501B01
558.4001B01
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B




559.4501B
559.5001B
559.5501B
559.6001B
559.6501B


556.4501B
556.5001B
556.5501B
556.6001B
556.6501B
BLUMOTION *
Cabinet profiles left/right
Nominal
length NL 30 kg 50 kg 65 kg
1
300 mm
270 mm
559.3001T
559.2701T
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
559.3501T
559.4001T
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T
TIP-ON **
Cabinet profiles
left/right
Nominal
length NL 20/30/50 kg
1
Steel
Back fixing left/right
Z30D000SL SW, TS, NI
Part no.

Material Colour
3
Front fixing bracket
EXPANDO
Screw-on
2 x
2 x ZSF.5220
ZSF.532E
Fixing method Part no.
4

270 mm
300 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
Z37L260S.D
Z37L290S.D
Z37L340S.D
Z37L390S.D
Z37L440S.D
Z37L490S.D
Z37L540S.D
Z37L590S.D
Z37L640S.D
BOXCAP left/right
Nominal
length NL Inox SW
Z37L260I.D
Z37L290I.D
Z37L340I.D
Z37L390I.D
Z37L440I.D
Z37L490I.D
Z37L540I.D
Z37L590I.D
Z37L640I.D
9
TS
Catalogue 2013/2014
Cover caps can be printed with
customer name/logo minimums
from 1000 pcs
** Order specification, see TIP-ON
for TANDEMBOX
* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE
- With BOXCAP
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Steel drawer side silk white (SW), terra black
(TS) and stainless steel (Inox)
- Tool-free front assembly
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
Silk white RAL 7037 light grey
Terra black Black
Stainless steel Nickel plated
TS S
SW R7037
Inox NI
Colour
NL Nominal length
300 mm
270 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
358L3002SA2
358L2702SA2
358L3502SA2
358L4002SA2
358L4502SA2
358L5002SA2
358L5502SA2
359L6002SA2
359L6502SA2
358L3002IA2
358L2702IA2
358L3502IA2
358L4002IA2
358L4502IA2
358L5002IA2
358L5502IA2
359L6002IA2
359L6502IA2
Drawer sides and cover
caps left/right

Nominal
length NL Inox SW TS
2
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

A
B
A
B
L
W
K
B
237
Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Standard cabinet
High fronted pull-out BOXCAP D
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions for
screw-on front
Drilling dimensions for
EXPANDO front
Back installation dimensions
Cabinet profile screw positions Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard
270
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
Nominal length NL (mm)
* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm
LW - 87 mm
LW - 75 mm
Back
199 mm
Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX intivo 223
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories steel back 250
Accessories 250
Cabinet profile fixing positions 254
Assembly, removal and adjustment 256
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
Catalogue 2013/2014
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

KB Cabinet width
LW Inner cabinet width
NL Nominal length
FA Front overlay
238
Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Standard cabinet
Inner pull-out BOXCAP D
Space requirement
Order information
300 mm
270 mm
558.3001B
558.2701B

350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
558.3501B01
558.4001B01
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B




559.4501B
559.5001B
559.5501B
559.6001B
559.6501B


556.4501B
556.5001B
556.5501B
556.6001B
556.6501B
BLUMOTION *
Cabinet profiles left/right
Nominal
length NL 30 kg 50 kg 65 kg
1
300 mm
270 mm
559.3001T
559.2701T
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
559.3501T
559.4001T
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T
TIP-ON **
Cabinet profiles
left/right
Nominal
length NL 20/30/50 kg
1
Steel
Back fixing left/right
Z30D000SL SW, TS, NI
Part no.

Material Colour
3
Incl. locking piece Z31A0008
Steel
Front fixing left/right
ZIF.82D0.01 SW, TS, NI
Part no.

Material Colour
4
Internal cabinet width LW - 132 mm
Front piece without groove
Cutting
Z31L1036A
Part no.
5
SW, TS, NI For cutting to size, 1036 mm
Colour Length
Internal cabinet width LW - 122 mm
Cross gallery
Cutting
ZRG.1046Z
Part no.
7
SW, TS, NI For cutting to size, 1046 mm
Colour Length

270 mm
300 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
Z37L260S.D
Z37L290S.D
Z37L340S.D
Z37L390S.D
Z37L440S.D
Z37L490S.D
Z37L540S.D
Z37L590S.D
Z37L640S.D
BOXCAP left/right
Nominal
length NL Inox SW
Z37L260I.D
Z37L290I.D
Z37L340I.D
Z37L390I.D
Z37L440I.D
Z37L490I.D
Z37L540I.D
Z37L590I.D
Z37L640I.D
9
TS
Catalogue 2013/2014
Cover caps can be printed with
customer name/logo minimums
from 1000 pcs
** Order specification, see TIP-ON
for TANDEMBOX
* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE
- With BOXCAP
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Steel drawer side silk white (SW), terra black
(TS) and stainless steel (Inox)
- Tool-free front assembly
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
NL Nominal length
300 mm
270 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
358L3002SA2
358L2702SA2
358L3502SA2
358L4002SA2
358L4502SA2
358L5002SA2
358L5502SA2
359L6002SA2
359L6502SA2
358L3002IA2
358L2702IA2
358L3502IA2
358L4002IA2
358L4502IA2
358L5002IA2
358L5502IA2
359L6002IA2
359L6502IA2
Drawer sides and cover
caps left/right

Nominal
length NL Inox SW TS
2
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

A
B
A
B
L
W
K
B
239
Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Standard cabinet
Inner pull-out BOXCAP D
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Back installation dimensions
Cabinet profile screw positions Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard
270
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
Nominal length NL (mm)
* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm
LW - 87 mm
LW - 75 mm
Back
199 mm
Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX intivo 223
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories steel back 250
Accessories 250
Cabinet profile fixing positions 254
Assembly, removal and adjustment 256
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
Catalogue 2013/2014
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

KB Cabinet width
LW Inner cabinet width
NL Nominal length
240
Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Corner cabinet
SPACE CORNER with SYNCROMOTION
Order information
Drawer Colour
SW Silk white
TS Terra black
Inox Stainless steel
Drawer M
High fronted pull-out Colour
SW Silk white
TS Terra black
Inox Stainless steel
High fronted pull-out BOXCOVER D
SW Silk white
TS Terra black
Inox Stainless steel
High fronted pull-out BOXCAP D
Planning
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX intivo 223
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Design element 248
Cutting dimensions design element 233
Accessories 250
Cabinet profile fixing positions 254
Assembly, removal and adjustment 363
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s
Please use our DYNALOG ordering software for all your ordering needs!
Please use our DYNALOG (DYNAPLAN) planning software for all your planning needs.
Catalogue 2013/2014
- Inspiring opening and closing function with
SYNCROMOTION
- Use of standard fronts
- High fronted pull-out with BOXCOVER or
BOXCAP
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Steel drawer side silk white (SW), terra black
(TS) and stainless steel (Inox)
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action
241
Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Corner cabinet
SPACE CORNER with rigid fronts
Order information
Drawer Colour
SW Silk white
TS Terra black
Inox Stainless steel
Drawer M
High fronted pull-out Colour
SW Silk white
TS Terra black
Inox Stainless steel
High fronted pull-out BOXCOVER D
SW Silk white
TS Terra black
Inox Stainless steel
High fronted pull-out BOXCAP D
Planning
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX intivo 223
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Design element 248
Cutting dimensions design element 233
Accessories 250
Cabinet profile fixing positions 254
Assembly, removal and adjustment 365
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s
Please use our DYNALOG (DYNAPLAN) ordering software for all your ordering needs!
Please use our DYNALOG (DYNAPLAN) planning software for all your planning needs.
Catalogue 2013/2014
- Using special fronts
- High fronted pull-out with BOXCOVER or
BOXCAP
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Steel drawer side silk white (SW), terra black
(TS) and stainless steel (Inox)
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
242
Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Sink cabinet
High fronted pull-out BOXCOVER D
Space requirement
Order information
500 mm
450 mm
558.5001B
558.4501B01

550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
558.5501B



559.6001B
559.6501B
BLUMOTION *
Cabinet profiles left/right
Nominal
length NL 30 kg 50 kg
1
500 mm
450 mm
559.5001T
559.4501T
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T
TIP-ON **
Cabinet profiles
left/right
Nominal
length NL 50 kg
1
500 mm
450 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
358M5004SG
358M4504SG
358M5504SG
358M6004SG
358M6504SG
358M5004IG
358M4504IG
358M5504IG
358M6004IG
358M6504IG
Sink drawer side left/right

Nominal
length NL Inox
11
SW TS
Stainless steel
Steel
BOXCOVER left/right
Z36L002G.S
Z36L002G.I
SW, TS
Inox
Part no.


Material Colour
9
Z37GxxxD
Glass design element (side)
Glass
Material Part no.
9a
Steel
Steel back L-shape left/right
Z30D120S.6S SW, TS, NI
Part no.

Material Colour
3
Front fixing bracket
EXPANDO
Screw-on
2 x
2 x ZSF.5220
ZSF.532E
Fixing method Part no.
4
Steel
Back fixing left/right
Z30N000S.04 SW, TS, NI
Part no.

Material Colour
12
Nylon
Adapter left/right
Z30N0002.6Z R7037
Part no.

Material Colour
13
Catalogue 2013/2014
Cover caps can be printed with
customer name/logo minimums
from 1000 pcs
** Order specification, see TIP-ON
for TANDEMBOX
* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE
- With sink drawer side and divider for optimal
storage space utilisation
- With BOXCOVER and design element
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Steel drawer side silk white (SW), terra black
(TS) and stainless steel (Inox)
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
Silk white RAL 7037 light grey
Terra black Black
Stainless steel Nickel plated
TS S
SW R7037
Inox NI
Colour
NL Nominal length
500 mm
450 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
358L5002SA2
358L4502SA2
358L5502SA2
359L6002SA2
359L6502SA2
358L5002IA2
358L4502IA2
358L5502IA2
359L6002IA2
359L6502IA2
Drawer sides and cover
caps left/right

Nominal
length NL Inox SW TS
2
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

243
Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Sink cabinet
High fronted pull-out BOXCOVER D
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions for
screw-on front
Drilling dimensions for
EXPANDO front

Cabinet profile screw positions Divider dimensions
Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard
450
500
550
600
650
Nominal length NL (mm)
* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm
53 mm
NL - 22 mm
Base
Divider

Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX intivo 223
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Design element 248
Cutting dimensions design element 233
Accessories 250
Cabinet profile fixing positions 254
Assembly, removal and adjustment 256
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
Catalogue 2013/2014
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

FA Front overlay
KB Cabinet width
LW Inner cabinet width
NL Nominal length
SPW Internal width between
sink drawer sides
244
Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Sink cabinet
High fronted pull-out BOXCAP D
Space requirement
Order information
500 mm
450 mm
558.5001B
558.4501B01

550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
558.5501B



559.6001B
559.6501B
BLUMOTION *
Cabinet profiles left/right
Nominal
length NL 30 kg 50 kg
1
500 mm
450 mm
559.5001T
559.4501T
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T
TIP-ON **
Cabinet profiles
left/right
Nominal
length NL 50 kg
1
500 mm
450 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
358M5004SG
358M4504SG
358M5504SG
358M6004SG
358M6504SG
358M5004IG
358M4504IG
358M5504IG
358M6004IG
358M6504IG
Sink drawer side left/right

Nominal
length NL Inox
11
SW TS

450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
Z37L440S.D
Z37L490S.D
Z37L540S.D
Z37L590S.D
Z37L640S.D
BOXCAP left/right
Nominal
length NL Inox SW
Z37L440I.D
Z37L490I.D
Z37L540I.D
Z37L590I.D
Z37L640I.D
9
TS
Steel
Steel back L-shape left/right
Z30D120S.6S SW, TS, NI
Part no.

Material Colour
3
Front fixing bracket
EXPANDO
Screw-on
2 x
2 x ZSF.5220
ZSF.532E
Fixing method Part no.
4
Steel
Back fixing left/right
Z30N000S.04 SW, TS, NI
Part no.

Material Colour
12
Nylon
Adapter left/right
Z30N0002.6Z R7037
Part no.

Material Colour
13
Catalogue 2013/2014
Cover caps can be printed with
customer name/logo minimums
from 1000 pcs
** Order specification, see TIP-ON
for TANDEMBOX
* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE
- With sink drawer side and divider for optimal
storage space utilisation
- With BOXCAP
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Steel drawer side silk white (SW), terra black
(TS) and stainless steel (Inox)
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
NL Nominal length
500 mm
450 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
358L5002SA2
358L4502SA2
358L5502SA2
359L6002SA2
359L6502SA2
358L5002IA2
358L4502IA2
358L5502IA2
359L6002IA2
359L6502IA2
Drawer sides and cover
caps left/right

Nominal
length NL Inox SW TS
2
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

245
Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Sink cabinet
High fronted pull-out BOXCAP D
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions for
screw-on front
Drilling dimensions for
EXPANDO front

Cabinet profile screw positions Divider dimensions
Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard
450
500
550
600
650
Nominal length NL (mm)
* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm
53 mm
NL - 22 mm
Base
Divider

Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX intivo 223
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories 250
Cabinet profile fixing positions 254
Assembly, removal and adjustment 256
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
Catalogue 2013/2014
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

FA Front overlay
KB Cabinet width
LW Inner cabinet width
NL Nominal length
SPW Internal width between
sink drawer sides
246
Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Larder unit
SPACE TOWER
Order information
Inner pull-out
Application recommendation
238 234
570 570
Inner pull-out
ORGA-LINE

Front

110
CLIP top 155 hinge
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX intivo 223
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
CLIP top 155 hinge 110
Accessories BLUMOTION for doors 182
Accessories 250
Assembly, removal and adjustment 256
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

Catalogue 2013/2014
Recommended cabinet widths: 450 - 600 mm
- The larder unit is equipped with inner drawers,
with shelves in the upper section
- Enough space and plenty of stability, even for
large and bulky items
- ORGA-LINE inner dividing systems for pull-
outs puts everything in order and allows easy
access
- Up to 55 % more storage space through the
use of higher back and side walls
- Allows access from all sides
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
247
Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Larder unit
SPACE TOWER
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Front drilling dimensions
Number of Hinges 692
Page instructions

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s
Please use our DYNALOG (DYNAPLAN) planning software for all your
planning needs.
Catalogue 2013/2014
All dimensions are aligned with the 32 mm system.
1st system drilling used for cabinet base 16 mm and bottom gap = 0 mm.
248
Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Design element
Glass design element plain
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX intivo 223
Assembly, removal and adjustment 256
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
Order information
Glass without imprint
300 mm
270 mm
Z37G240D
Z37G210D
Z37G240D
Z37G210D
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
Z37G290D
Z37G340D
Z37G390D
Z37G440D
Z37G490D
Z37G540D
Z37G590D
Z37G290D
Z37G340D
Z37G390D
Z37G440D
Z37G490D
Z37G540D
Z37G590D

Glass design element
(side)
Nominal
length NL
Optiwhite
clear
Optiwhite
frosted
400 mm
300 mm
Z37G250D
Z37G150D
Z37G250D
Z37G150D
450 mm
500 mm
600 mm
900 mm
1200 mm
Z37G300D
Z37G350D
Z37G450D
Z37G750D
Z37G1050D
Z37G300D
Z37G350D
Z37G450D
Z37G750D
Z37G1050D
Side panel thickness 15, 16 mm
Glass design element (for
inner pull-out front)
Cabinet
width KB
Optiwhite
clear
Optiwhite
frosted
400 mm
300 mm
Z37G244D
Z37G144D
Z37G244D
Z37G144D
450 mm
500 mm
600 mm
900 mm
1200 mm
Z37G294D
Z37G344D
Z37G444D
Z37G744D
Z37G1044D
Z37G294D
Z37G344D
Z37G444D
Z37G744D
Z37G1044D
Side panel thickness 18, 19 mm
Glass design element (for
inner pull-out front)
Cabinet
width KB
Optiwhite
clear
Optiwhite
frosted
Imitation leather design element
http://myintivo.blum.com
Web-Link
Design Configurator
Order information
Imitation leather
Z37FxxxDx
Overview imitation leather
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

- 9 different colours and structures
- All nominal lengths and widths are possible
- For cutting to size
- More information on the Internet
Catalogue 2013/2014
- Unique designs for the furniture interior
- Glass without imprint, frosted or clear
Setting accents with imitation leather con-
figure your design element according to your
desires.
The programme can vary depending on the
country. Please contact your distributor if your
have any questions.
- Unique designs for the furniture interior
- Different colours and structures
249
Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Design element
Glass design element printed
http://myintivo.blum.com
Web-Link
Design Configurator
Order information
Glass printed with patterns from Blum
Z37GxxxDx
Glass printed with individual patterns
Z37GxxxD.xx
Your own
design!
Note Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX intivo 223
Assembly, removal and adjustment 256
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
- Individual manufacturing
- All nominal lengths and widths are possible
- Minimum order quantity: 50 pieces
- More information on the Internet
- Individual manufacturing
- All nominal lengths and widths are possible
- Minimum order quantity: 50 pieces
- More information on the Internet
Catalogue 2013/2014
- Unique designs for the furniture interior
- Glass printed with a pattern from Blum or with
a customised imprint
Setting styles with glass configure your pat-
tern according to your colour desires.
The programme can vary depending on the
country. Please contact your distributor if your
have any questions.
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

- The patterns are manufactured individually for
you and your customers
- All patterns come in a range of colour combi-
nations using a screen printing process
- On the inside up to three RAL colours can be
printed
- Any two RAL colours for the pattern
- For design elements made from clear glass an
additional RAL full surface colour is possible
as a background
250
Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Accessories
Steel back
N height
M height
D height
Z30NxxxS.6
Z30MxxxS.6
Z30DxxxS.6
Part no. Back height


Planning
Calculation of width
Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard
NL - 22 mm
LW - 75 mm
Base
Side stabilisation top mounted
Cutting
1 Internal cabinet width LW - 86 mm
ZST.450BA
ZST.500BA
ZST.550BA
ZST.600BA
ZST.650BA
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm





Nominal length NL Part no.
Fixing for side stabilisation 255
Page instructions
Planning
Space requirement in
cabinet
Space requirement in
cabinet

Assembly
- Additional stabilisation for extra wide high fronted
pull-outs
- Recommendation: cabinet width 900 to 1200 mm
- Aluminium rod suitable for KB 1200 mm, for cut-
ting to size
- Suitable for use with SERVO-DRIVE
- For TANDEMBOX
- Material: steel
- Colour: silk white, terra black, nickel plated
Catalogue 2013/2014
xxx Back width
Example:
Internal cabinet width 567 mm - 28 mm = back width 539 mm
Order: Z30M539S.6 in white
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

NL Nominal length
LW Inner cabinet width
251
Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Accessories
Front stabilisation
Front stabilisation Z96.10E1
Part no.
Planning
Space requirement in
cabinet
Front drilling dimensions
Catalogue 2013/2014
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

- For stabilising wide and high fronts
- Reinforces the connection between the drawer
side and the front
- Material: nylon, RAL 7037 light grey
3.5
X
7
6
X
8
6
X
7
252
Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Accessories
Chipboard screws 3.5 mm
609.1500
609.1700
15 mm
17 mm


Length (X) Part no.
System screws 6.0 mm
661.1000.HG
661.1150.HG
661.1300.HG
661.1450.HG
661.2000.HG
10 mm
11.5 mm
13 mm
14.5 mm
20 mm





Length (X) Part no.
Special system screws 6.0 mm
662.1150.HG
662.1300.HG
662.1450.HG
11.5 mm
13 mm
14.5 mm



Length (X) Part no.
Centre bit

Centre bit
Replacement bit
M01.ZZ03
M01.ZZB3
Part no.
Stick-on door buffer
Stick-on door buffer 993.710
Part no.
8 mm door buffer
8 mm door buffer 993.706
Part no.
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

Catalogue 2013/2014
- 2.7 mm, length 70 mm
- To pre-drill for 3.5 mm chipboard screws
- Drilling depth up to 8 mm
- Material: steel, hardened
- 3.5 mm
- Material: steel, nickel plated
- 6 mm
- Drilling diameter 5 mm
- Material: steel, nickel plated
- 6 mm
- Drilling diameter 5 mm
- Material: steel, nickel plated
- For noise reduction
- Gap 2 mm
- Two-part
- Material: nylon, RAL 9006 white aluminium
- For noise reduction
- Material: nylon, natural coloured
253
Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Accessories
Pozidrive screwdriver
Pozidrive screwdriver 303.756.1
Part no.
Slotted screwdriver
Slotted screwdriver 314.928.1
Part no.

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s
Catalogue 2013/2014
- PZ (Pozi) size 2
- Blade length 100 mm
- Overall length 200 mm
- Orange handle with Blum logo
- Material: nylon/steel, black/orange
- Slotted, size 1.0 x 5.5 mm
- Blade length 125 mm
- Overall length 225 mm
- Orange handle with Blum logo
- Material: nylon/steel, black/orange
500 - 550
450
270
A
B
300 - 350
*
*
*
*
*
450
600
650
500 - 550
*
*
*
*
254
Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Cabinet profile 558B 30 kg Cabinet profile 559B 50 kg
Cabinet profile 556B 65 kg Cabinet profile 559T 20/30/50 kg
Catalogue 2013/2014

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s
Fixing onto cabinet
A Chipboard screws 4 x 15 mm
B Chipboard screws, part no. 661.1450.HG
Fixing onto cabinet
A Chipboard screws 4 x 15 mm
B Chipboard screws, part no. 661.1450.HG
* Optional
Fixing onto cabinet
A Chipboard screws 4 x 15 mm
B Chipboard screws, part no. 661.1450.HG
* Optional
Fixing onto cabinet
A Chipboard screws 4 x 15 mm
B Chipboard screws, part no. 661.1450.HG
* Optional
255
Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Side stabilisation top mounted
450
500
550
600
650
Nominal length NL (mm)
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

Catalogue 2013/2014
256
Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Drawer
Drawer
Adjustment
Drawer insertion and removal


B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s
Height adjustment Side adjustment
Assembly
Assembly
Removal
Insertion Removal
Catalogue 2013/2014
257
Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Inner drawer
Locking piece Z31A0008

Inner drawer

Handle and latch
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

Assembly
Assembly
Removal
Catalogue 2013/2014
30 mm dimension can be reduced if
ZIF.80M5 handle is utilised
Starting with cabinet width KB
600 mm
Attached to the centre on the latch
258
Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Handle and latch
High fronted pull-out BOXCOVER
High fronted pull-out BOXCAP

High fronted pull-out BOXCOVER/BOXCAP

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

Assembly
Assembly
Removal
Catalogue 2013/2014
Latch is activated Released when latch is activated Activate or deactivate latch
259
Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Assembly, removal and adjustment
High fronted pull-out BOXCOVER
High fronted pull-out BOXCAP

Adjustment BOXCOVER/BOXCAP

Adjustment BOXCOVER/BOXCAP
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

Height adjustment
Tilt adjustment
Side adjustment
Removal
Removal
Catalogue 2013/2014
Tightening
Additional stability starting with
front height 400 mm
1
2
3
1
2
1
2
4
1
2
3
260
Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Inner pull-out BOXCOVER
Inner pull-out BOXCOVER

Inner pull-out BOXCAP
Inner pull-out BOXCAP

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

Assembly
Assembly
Removal
Removal
Catalogue 2013/2014
261
Box systems
TANDEMBOX intivo
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Locking piece Z31A0008

Sink cabinet
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

Assembly
Catalogue 2013/2014
Starting with cabinet width KB
600 mm
262
Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

All nylon components are matched
with the relevant drawer side colour
Design elements dont just provide closed containers but also give your
kitchen character. Choose from Blum design elements made from glass
or metal. Other materials are also possible, such as wood
Characteristic of the minimalist
product design: the rectangular
gallery
The coordinated colour and material programme includes three steel vari-
ants: silk white, grey (white aluminium, RAL 9006) and terra black as well
as stainless steel (Inox)
The minimalist line rectangular with a clear design all the way down the line
TANDEMBOX antaro has a clear, rectangular
style either with a gallery or as a closed box
with a design element. All the components
are colour-coordinated, thus accentuating the
minimalist product design.
You also have the option of using the different
opening support systems. SERVO-DRIVE,
the electrical opening support system in com-
bination with BLUMOTION, or TIP-ON, the
mechanical opening support system.
Catalogue 2013/2014
263
Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Overview
TANDEMBOX antaro
Overview applications 264
Accessories
Design element 300
Steel back 301
Back fixing B height 301
Flexible gallery fixing 302
Side stabilisation top mounted 303
Front stabilisation 303
Screws 304
Centre bit 304
Door buffer 304
Screwdriver 305

Cabinet profile fixing positions
Cabinet profile 558B 30 kg 306
Cabinet profile 559B 50 kg 306
Cabinet profile 556B 65 kg 306
Cabinet profile 559T 20/30/50 kg 306
Side stabilisation top mounted 307

Assembly, removal and adjustment
Drawer 308
Adjustment 308
Inner drawer 309
High fronted pull-out 310
High fronted pull-out design element 310
Inner pull-out 311
High fronted pull-out alu frames 312
Sink cabinet 313
Pictograph
Item Available Upon Request
General Information
Accessories
TANDEMBOX antaro
Corner cabinet
Sink cabinet
Larder unit
Drawer
Inner drawer
High fronted pull-out
Inner pull-out
Gallery
Installation height and/or min. space
requirement in cabinet
Height of Drawer Side
Dynamic carrying capacity in kg
Planning
Cutting
Assembly
Assembly, removal and adjustment

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s
Symbol image
Symbol image
Symbol image
Symbol image
Catalogue 2013/2014
264
Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Overview applications
Standard cabinet
Drawer Inner drawer
Drawer N
266
Drawer M Inner drawer M
268 270
Drawer K Inner drawer K
272 274
High fronted pull-out Inner pull-out
High fronted pull-out gallery C Inner pull-out gallery C
276 278 Design element possible Design element possible
High fronted pull-out gallery D Inner pull-out gallery D
280 282 Design element possible Design element possible
High fronted pull-out gallery C alu
frames
288 Design element possible
High fronted pull-out gallery D alu
frames
290 Design element possible
Corner cabinet
SPACE CORNER with
SYNCROMOTION
292 Design element possible
SPACE CORNER with rigid fronts
293 Design element possible
Catalogue 2013/2014
High fronted pull-out gallery D K
drawer side
Inner pull-out gallery D K drawer
side
284 286
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

265
Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Overview applications
Sink cabinet
High fronted pull-out
High fronted pull-out gallery C
294 Design element possible
High fronted pull-out gallery D
296 Design element possible
Larder unit
SPACE TOWER
298 Cabinet width 450 - 600 mm

Accessories
Glass design element
300
Metal design element
300
Info box


B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s
Catalogue 2013/2014
Take advantage of DYNALOG limited included free on the DVD.
DYNAPLAN cabinet planning incl. a collision check and fittings selection
DYNACAT electronic product catalogue and CAD data export (dxf, dwg, igs, sat, wrl, x_t, jpg)
DYNASHOP shopping basket and ordering function
3
266
Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Standard cabinet
Drawer N
Space requirement
Order information
450 mm
400 mm
558.4501B01
558.4001B01
500 mm
550 mm
558.5001B
558.5501B
BLUMOTION *
Cabinet profiles
left/right
Nominal
length NL 30 kg
1
559.4501T
559.4001T
559.5001T
559.5501T
Cabinet profiles
left/right
TIP-ON **
30/50 kg
358N4502SA
358N4002SA
358N5002SA
358N5502SA
358N4502IA
358N4002IA
358N5002IA
358N5502IA
Drawer sides
and cover caps
left/right
Inox
2
SW R9006 TS
Steel
Back fixing left/right
Z30N000S.04 SW, TS, R9006, NI
Part no.

Material Colour
3
Front fixing bracket
Screw-on
Knock-in
INSERTA
2 x
2 x
2 x
ZSF.3902
ZSF.3502
ZSF.3602



Fixing method Part no.
4
Catalogue 2013/2014
** Order specification, see TIP-ON
for TANDEMBOX
* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel silk white
(SW), terra black (TS), RAL 9006 grey (white
aluminium, R9006) and stainless steel (Inox)
- Tool-free front assembly
- 2-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
Silk white Black
Terra black White grey
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium) RAL 7037 light grey
Stainless steel Nickel plated
TS WGR
SW S
R9006 R7037
Inox NI
Colour
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

NL Nominal length
96
37 192
288
320
9
96
32
32 32
A
B
A
B
L
W
K
B
267
Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Standard cabinet
Drawer N
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions for
screw-on front
Front drilling dimensions for
INSERTA/knock-in
Back installation dimensions
Cabinet profile screw positions Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard
400
450
500
550
Nominal length NL (mm)
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm
LW - 87 mm
LW - 75 mm
Back
69 mm
Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX antaro 263
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Accessories steel back 301
Accessories 300
Cabinet profile fixing positions 306
Assembly, removal and adjustment 308
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
Catalogue 2013/2014
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

KB Cabinet width
LW Inner cabinet width
NL Nominal length
FA Front overlay
268
Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Standard cabinet
Drawer M
Space requirement
Order information
300 mm
270 mm
558.3001B
558.2701B

350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
558.3501B01
558.4001B01
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B




559.4501B
559.5001B
559.5501B
559.6001B
559.6501B


556.4501B
556.5001B
556.5501B
556.6001B
556.6501B
BLUMOTION *
Cabinet profiles left/right
Nominal
length NL 30 kg 50 kg 65 kg
1
559.3001T
559.2701T
559.3501T
559.4001T
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T
Cabinet profiles
left/right
TIP-ON **
20/30/50 kg
358M3002SA
358M2702SA
358M3502SA
358M4002SA
358M4502SA
358M5002SA
358M5502SA
359M6002SA
359M6502SA
358M3002IA
358M2702IA
358M3502IA
358M4002IA
358M4502IA
358M5002IA
358M5502IA
359M6002IA
359M6502IA
Drawer sides
and cover caps
left/right
Inox
2
SW R9006 TS
Steel
Back fixing left/right
Z30M000S.04 SW, TS, R9006, NI
Part no.

Material Colour
3
Front fixing bracket
Screw-on
Knock-in
INSERTA
2 x
2 x
2 x
ZSF.3902
ZSF.3502
ZSF.3602



Fixing method Part no.
4
Catalogue 2013/2014
** Order specification, see TIP-ON
for TANDEMBOX
* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel silk white
(SW), terra black (TS), RAL 9006 grey (white
aluminium, R9006) and stainless steel (Inox)
- Tool-free front assembly
- 2-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
Silk white Black
Terra black White grey
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium) RAL 7037 light grey
Stainless steel Nickel plated
TS WGR
SW S
R9006 R7037
Inox NI
Colour
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

NL Nominal length
A
B
A
B
L
W
K
B
269
Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Standard cabinet
Drawer M
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions for
screw-on front
Front drilling dimensions for
INSERTA/knock-in
Back installation dimensions
Cabinet profile screw positions Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard
270
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
Nominal length NL (mm)
* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm
LW - 87 mm
LW - 75 mm
Back
84 mm
Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX antaro 263
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories steel back 301
Accessories 300
Cabinet profile fixing positions 306
Assembly, removal and adjustment 308
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
Catalogue 2013/2014
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

KB Cabinet width
LW Inner cabinet width
NL Nominal length
FA Front overlay
270
Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Standard cabinet
Inner drawer M
Space requirement
Order information
300 mm
270 mm
558.3001B
558.2701B

350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
558.3501B01
558.4001B01
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B




559.4501B
559.5001B
559.5501B
559.6001B
559.6501B


556.4501B
556.5001B
556.5501B
556.6001B
556.6501B
BLUMOTION *
Cabinet profiles left/right
Nominal
length NL 30 kg 50 kg 65 kg
1
559.3001T
559.2701T
559.3501T
559.4001T
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T
Cabinet profiles
left/right
TIP-ON **
20/30/50 kg
358M3002SA
358M2702SA
358M3502SA
358M4002SA
358M4502SA
358M5002SA
358M5502SA
359M6002SA
359M6502SA
358M3002IA
358M2702IA
358M3502IA
358M4002IA
358M4502IA
358M5002IA
358M5502IA
359M6002IA
359M6502IA
Drawer sides
and cover caps
left/right
Inox
2
SW R9006 TS
Steel
Back fixing left/right
Z30M000S.04 SW, TS, R9006, NI
Part no.

Material Colour
3
Incl. locking piece Z31A0008
Nylon
Front fixing left/right
ZIF.71M0 SW, S, WGR, R7037
Part no.

Material Colour
4
Internal cabinet width LW - 132 mm
Front piece without groove
Cutting
Z31L1036A
Part no.
5
SW, TS, R9006, NI For cutting to size, 1036 mm
Colour Length
Nylon
Handle
ZIF.80M5 SW, S, WGR, R7037
Accessories
Part no.

Material Colour
6a
Nylon
Handle and latch
ZIF.80M7 SW, S, WGR, R7037
Part no.

Material Colour
Alternative to 6a
6b
Catalogue 2013/2014
** Order specification, see TIP-ON
for TANDEMBOX
* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel silk white
(SW), terra black (TS), RAL 9006 grey (white
aluminium, R9006) and stainless steel (Inox)
- Tool-free front assembly
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
- Inner drawers either with handle or handle and
latch
Silk white Black
Terra black White grey
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium) RAL 7037 light grey
Stainless steel Nickel plated
TS WGR
SW S
R9006 R7037
Inox NI
Colour
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

NL Nominal length
* With handle
A
B
A
B
L
W
K
B
271
Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Standard cabinet
Inner drawer M
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Back installation dimensions Front drilling dimensions for
latch

Cabinet profile screw positions Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard
270
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
Nominal length NL (mm)
* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm
LW - 87 mm
LW - 75 mm
Back
84 mm
Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX antaro 263
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories steel back 301
Accessories 300
Cabinet profile fixing positions 306
Assembly, removal and adjustment 308
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
Catalogue 2013/2014
* A minimum space of 73 mm
can be accommodated by using
ZIF.80M5
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

KB Cabinet width
LW Inner cabinet width
NL Nominal length
272
Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Standard cabinet
Drawer K
Space requirement
Order information
300 mm
270 mm
558.3001B
558.2701B

350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
558.3501B01
558.4001B01
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B




559.4501B
559.5001B
559.5501B
559.6001B
559.6501B


556.4501B
556.5001B
556.5501B
556.6001B
556.6501B
BLUMOTION *
Cabinet profiles left/right
Nominal
length NL 30 kg 50 kg 65 kg
1
559.3001T
559.2701T
559.3501T
559.4001T
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T
Cabinet profiles
left/right
TIP-ON **
20/30/50 kg
300 mm
270 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
358K3002SA
358K2702SA
358K3502SA
358K4002SA
358K4502SA
358K5002SA
358K5502SA
359K6002SA
359K6502SA
Drawer sides,
cover caps and
positioning dow-
els left/right

Nominal
length NL
2
SW R9006 TS
Steel
Back fixing left/right
Z30K000S SW, TS, R9006
Part no.

Material Colour
3
Front fixing bracket
Screw-on
Knock-in
INSERTA
2 x
2 x
2 x
ZSF.3902
ZSF.3502
ZSF.3602



Fixing method Part no.
4
Catalogue 2013/2014
** Order specification, see TIP-ON
for TANDEMBOX
* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel silk white
(SW), terra black (TS), RAL 9006 grey (white
aluminium, R9006)
- Tool-free front assembly
- 2-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
Silk white Black
Terra black White grey
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium) RAL 7037 light grey
Stainless steel Nickel plated
TS WGR
SW S
R9006 R7037
Inox NI
Colour

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s
NL Nominal length
A
B
A
B
L
W
K
B
273
Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Standard cabinet
Drawer K
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions for
screw-on front
Front drilling dimensions for
INSERTA/knock-in
Back installation dimensions
Cabinet profile screw positions Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard
270
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
Nominal length NL (mm)
* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm
LW - 87 mm
LW - 75 mm
Back
116 mm
Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX antaro 263
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories steel back 301
Accessories 300
Cabinet profile fixing positions 306
Assembly, removal and adjustment 308
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
Catalogue 2013/2014
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

KB Cabinet width
LW Inner cabinet width
NL Nominal length
FA Front overlay
274
Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Standard cabinet
Inner drawer K
Space requirement
Order information
300 mm
270 mm
558.3001B
558.2701B

350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
558.3501B01
558.4001B01
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B




559.4501B
559.5001B
559.5501B
559.6001B
559.6501B


556.4501B
556.5001B
556.5501B
556.6001B
556.6501B
BLUMOTION *
Cabinet profiles left/right
Nominal
length NL 30 kg 50 kg 65 kg
1
559.3001T
559.2701T
559.3501T
559.4001T
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T
Cabinet profiles
left/right
TIP-ON **
20/30/50 kg
300 mm
270 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
358K3002SA
358K2702SA
358K3502SA
358K4002SA
358K4502SA
358K5002SA
358K5502SA
359K6002SA
359K6502SA
Drawer sides,
cover caps and
positioning dow-
els left/right

Nominal
length NL
2
SW R9006 TS
Steel
Back fixing left/right
Z30K000S SW, TS, R9006
Part no.

Material Colour
3
Internal cabinet width LW - 132 mm
Front piece without groove
Cutting
Z31L1036A
Part no.
5
SW, TS, R9006 For cutting to size, 1036 mm
Colour Length
Nylon
Handle
ZIF.80M5 SW, S, WGR
Accessories
Part no.

Material Colour
6a
Nylon
Handle and latch
ZIF.80M7 SW, S, WGR
Part no.

Material Colour
Alternative to 6a
6b
Catalogue 2013/2014
** Order specification, see TIP-ON
for TANDEMBOX
* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel silk white
(SW), terra black (TS), RAL 9006 grey (white
aluminium, R9006)
- Tool-free front assembly
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
- Inner drawers either with handle or handle and
latch
Silk white Black
Terra black White grey
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium) RAL 7037 light grey
Stainless steel Nickel plated
TS WGR
SW S
R9006 R7037
Inox NI
Colour
NL Nominal length
Incl. locking piece Z31A0008
Nylon
Front fixing left/right
ZIF.71K0 SW, S, WGR
Part no. Material Colour
4

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s
A
B
A
B
L
W
K
B
275
Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Standard cabinet
Inner drawer K
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Back installation dimensions Front drilling dimensions for
latch

Cabinet profile screw positions Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard
270
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
Nominal length NL (mm)
* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm
LW - 87 mm
LW - 75 mm
Back
116 mm
Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX antaro 263
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories steel back 301
Accessories 300
Cabinet profile fixing positions 306
Assembly, removal and adjustment 308
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
Catalogue 2013/2014
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

KB Cabinet width
LW Inner cabinet width
NL Nominal length
276
Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Standard cabinet
High fronted pull-out gallery C
Space requirement
Order information
300 mm
270 mm
558.3001B
558.2701B

350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
558.3501B01
558.4001B01
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B




559.4501B
559.5001B
559.5501B
559.6001B
559.6501B


556.4501B
556.5001B
556.5501B
556.6001B
556.6501B
BLUMOTION *
Cabinet profiles left/right
Nominal
length NL 30 kg 50 kg 65 kg
1
559.3001T
559.2701T
559.3501T
559.4001T
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T
Cabinet profiles
left/right
TIP-ON **
20/30/50 kg
358M3002SA
358M2702SA
358M3502SA
358M4002SA
358M4502SA
358M5002SA
358M5502SA
359M6002SA
359M6502SA
358M3002IA
358M2702IA
358M3502IA
358M4002IA
358M4502IA
358M5002IA
358M5502IA
359M6002IA
359M6502IA
Drawer sides
and cover caps
left/right
Inox
2
SW R9006 TS
ZRG.237RSIC
ZRG.207RSIC
ZRG.287RSIC
ZRG.337RSIC
ZRG.387RSIC
ZRG.437RSIC
ZRG.487RSIC
ZRG.537RSIC
ZRG.587RSIC
ZRG.237RIIC
ZRG.207RIIC
ZRG.287RIIC
ZRG.337RIIC
ZRG.387RIIC
ZRG.437RIIC
ZRG.487RIIC
ZRG.537RIIC
ZRG.587RIIC
Longside gallery
rail left/right
Inox
8
SW R9006 TS
Steel
Back fixing left/right
Z30C000S SW, TS, R9006, NI
Part no.

Material Colour
3
Front fixing bracket
Screw-on
Knock-in
INSERTA
2 x
2 x
2 x
ZSF.3902
ZSF.3502
ZSF.3602



Fixing method Part no.
4
Catalogue 2013/2014
Order specification, see accessories design element
** Order specification, see TIP-ON
for TANDEMBOX
* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE
- With simple gallery
- Design element possible
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel silk white
(SW), terra black (TS), RAL 9006 grey (white
aluminium, R9006) and stainless steel (Inox)
- Tool-free front assembly
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
Silk white Black
Terra black White grey
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium) RAL 7037 light grey
Stainless steel Nickel plated
TS WGR
SW S
R9006 R7037
Inox NI
Colour
NL Nominal length
Z37Rxx7C
Z37Axx7C Metal
Glass
Design element (side)
2 x
2 x
Part no. Material Colour
9a
Clear, frosted
SW, TS, R9006
Nylon
Locking piece set
Z36C0080 SW, S, WGR, R7037
Accessories
Part no.

Material Colour
9

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s
1
6
3
A
B
A
B
L
W
K
B
277
Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Standard cabinet
High fronted pull-out gallery C
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions for
screw-on front
Front drilling dimensions for
INSERTA/knock-in
Back installation dimensions
Cabinet profile screw positions Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard
Cutting dimensions design element
270
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
Nominal length NL (mm)
* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm
LW - 87 mm
LW - 75 mm
Back
167 mm
Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX antaro 263
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories design element 300
Accessories steel back 301
Accessories 300
Cabinet profile fixing positions 306
Assembly, removal and adjustment 308
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

KB Cabinet width
LW Inner cabinet width
NL Nominal length
FA Front overlay
Catalogue 2013/2014
The given dimensions in combina-
tion with TANDEMBOX do not require
impact testing for vertically installed
glass parts as per the DIN EN 14749
norm Nov.2005. For norm compliance
no safety glass is required.
The upper edge is a polished flat-ended
edge with a 1 mm 0.5 mm bevel.
278
Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Standard cabinet
Inner pull-out gallery C
Space requirement
Order information
300 mm
270 mm
558.3001B
558.2701B

350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
558.3501B01
558.4001B01
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B




559.4501B
559.5001B
559.5501B
559.6001B
559.6501B


556.4501B
556.5001B
556.5501B
556.6001B
556.6501B
BLUMOTION *
Cabinet profiles left/right
Nominal
length NL 30 kg 50 kg 65 kg
1
559.3001T
559.2701T
559.3501T
559.4001T
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T
Cabinet profiles
left/right
TIP-ON **
20/30/50 kg
358M3002SA
358M2702SA
358M3502SA
358M4002SA
358M4502SA
358M5002SA
358M5502SA
359M6002SA
359M6502SA
358M3002IA
358M2702IA
358M3502IA
358M4002IA
358M4502IA
358M5002IA
358M5502IA
359M6002IA
359M6502IA
Drawer sides
and cover caps
left/right
Inox
2
SW R9006 TS
ZRG.237RSIC
ZRG.207RSIC
ZRG.287RSIC
ZRG.337RSIC
ZRG.387RSIC
ZRG.437RSIC
ZRG.487RSIC
ZRG.537RSIC
ZRG.587RSIC
ZRG.237RIIC
ZRG.207RIIC
ZRG.287RIIC
ZRG.337RIIC
ZRG.387RIIC
ZRG.437RIIC
ZRG.487RIIC
ZRG.537RIIC
ZRG.587RIIC
Longside gallery
rail left/right
Inox
8
SW R9006 TS
Steel
Back fixing left/right
Z30C000S SW, TS, R9006, NI
Part no.

Material Colour
3
Incl. 2 x gallery head ZRG.000R5F
Incl. locking piece Z31A0008
Nylon
Front fixing left/right
ZIF.74C0 SW, S, WGR, R7037
Part no.

Material Colour
4
Internal cabinet width LW - 132 mm
Front piece without groove
Cutting
Z31L1036A
Part no.
5
SW, TS, R9006, NI For cutting to size, 1036 mm
Colour Length
Internal cabinet width LW - 122 mm
Cross gallery
Cutting
ZRG.1046Z
Part no.
7
SW, TS, R9006, NI For cutting to size, 1046 mm
Colour Length
Z37Rxx7C
Z37Axx7C Metal
Glass
Design element (side)
2 x
2 x
Part no. Material Colour
9a
Clear, frosted
SW, TS, R9006
Silk white Black
Terra black White grey
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium) RAL 7037 light grey
Stainless steel Nickel plated
TS WGR
SW S
R9006 R7037
Inox NI
Colour
NL Nominal length
Catalogue 2013/2014
Order specification, see accessories design element
** Order specification, see TIP-ON
for TANDEMBOX
* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE
- With simple gallery
- Design element possible
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel silk white
(SW), terra black (TS), RAL 9006 grey (white
aluminium, R9006) and stainless steel (Inox)
- Tool-free front assembly
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
Nylon
Locking piece set
Z36C0080 SW, S, WGR, R7037
Accessories
Part no.

Material Colour
9

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s
1
6
3
A
B
A
B
L
W
K
B
279
Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Standard cabinet
Inner pull-out gallery C
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Back installation dimensions
Cabinet profile screw positions Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard
Cutting dimensions design element
270
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
Nominal length NL (mm)
* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm
LW - 87 mm
LW - 75 mm
Back
167 mm
Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX antaro 263
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories design element 300
Accessories steel back 301
Accessories 300
Cabinet profile fixing positions 306
Assembly, removal and adjustment 308
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
Catalogue 2013/2014
KB Cabinet width
LW Inner cabinet width
NL Nominal length

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s
The given dimensions in combina-
tion with TANDEMBOX do not require
impact testing for vertically installed
glass parts as per the DIN EN 14749
norm Nov.2005. For norm compliance
no safety glass is required.
The upper edge is a polished flat-ended
edge with a 1 mm 0.5 mm bevel.
280
Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Standard cabinet
High fronted pull-out gallery D
Space requirement
Order information
300 mm
270 mm
558.3001B
558.2701B

350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
558.3501B01
558.4001B01
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B




559.4501B
559.5001B
559.5501B
559.6001B
559.6501B


556.4501B
556.5001B
556.5501B
556.6001B
556.6501B
BLUMOTION *
Cabinet profiles left/right
Nominal
length NL 30 kg 50 kg 65 kg
1
559.3001T
559.2701T
559.3501T
559.4001T
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T
Cabinet profiles
left/right
TIP-ON **
20/30/50 kg
358M3002SA
358M2702SA
358M3502SA
358M4002SA
358M4502SA
358M5002SA
358M5502SA
359M6002SA
359M6502SA
358M3002IA
358M2702IA
358M3502IA
358M4002IA
358M4502IA
358M5002IA
358M5502IA
359M6002IA
359M6502IA
Drawer sides
and cover caps
left/right
Inox
2
SW R9006 TS
ZRG.237RSIC
ZRG.207RSIC
ZRG.287RSIC
ZRG.337RSIC
ZRG.387RSIC
ZRG.437RSIC
ZRG.487RSIC
ZRG.537RSIC
ZRG.587RSIC
ZRG.237RIIC
ZRG.207RIIC
ZRG.287RIIC
ZRG.337RIIC
ZRG.387RIIC
ZRG.437RIIC
ZRG.487RIIC
ZRG.537RIIC
ZRG.587RIIC
Longside gallery
rail left/right
Inox
8
SW R9006 TS
Steel
Back fixing left/right
Z30D000SL SW, TS, R9006, NI
Part no.

Material Colour
3
Front fixing bracket
Screw-on
Knock-in
INSERTA
2 x
2 x
2 x
ZSF.3902
ZSF.3502
ZSF.3602



Fixing method Part no.
4
Catalogue 2013/2014
Order specification, see accessories design element
** Order specification, see TIP-ON
for TANDEMBOX
* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE
- With simple gallery
- Design element possible
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel silk white
(SW), terra black (TS), RAL 9006 grey (white
aluminium, R9006) and stainless steel (Inox)
- Tool-free front assembly
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
Silk white Black
Terra black White grey
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium) RAL 7037 light grey
Stainless steel Nickel plated
TS WGR
SW S
R9006 R7037
Inox NI
Colour
NL Nominal length
Z37Rxx7D
Z37Axx7D Metal
Glass
Design element (side)
2 x
2 x
Part no. Material Colour
9a
Clear, frosted
SW, TS, R9006
Nylon
Locking piece set
Z36D0080 SW, S, WGR, R7037
Accessories
Part no.

Material Colour
9

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s
m
i
n

4
7
.
5
12
3
2
1
2
8
10
+ 0.2
0.1
10
+ 0.2
0.1
A
B
A
B
L
W
K
B
281
Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Standard cabinet
High fronted pull-out gallery D
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions for
screw-on front
Front drilling dimensions for
INSERTA/knock-in
Back installation dimensions
Cabinet profile screw positions Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard
Cutting dimensions design element
270
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
Nominal length NL (mm)
* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm
LW - 87 mm
LW - 75 mm
Back
199 mm
Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX antaro 263
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories design element 300
Accessories steel back 301
Accessories 300
Cabinet profile fixing positions 306
Assembly, removal and adjustment 308
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
Catalogue 2013/2014
KB Cabinet width
LW Inner cabinet width
NL Nominal length
FA Front overlay

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s
The given dimensions in combina-
tion with TANDEMBOX do not require
impact testing for vertically installed
glass parts as per the DIN EN 14749
norm Nov.2005. For norm compliance
no safety glass is required.
The upper edge is a polished flat-ended
edge with a 1 mm 0.5 mm bevel.
282
Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Standard cabinet
Inner pull-out gallery D
Space requirement
Order information
300 mm
270 mm
558.3001B
558.2701B

350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
558.3501B01
558.4001B01
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B




559.4501B
559.5001B
559.5501B
559.6001B
559.6501B


556.4501B
556.5001B
556.5501B
556.6001B
556.6501B
BLUMOTION *
Cabinet profiles left/right
Nominal
length NL 30 kg 50 kg 65 kg
1
559.3001T
559.2701T
559.3501T
559.4001T
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T
Cabinet profiles
left/right
TIP-ON **
20/30/50 kg
358M3002SA
358M2702SA
358M3502SA
358M4002SA
358M4502SA
358M5002SA
358M5502SA
359M6002SA
359M6502SA
358M3002IA
358M2702IA
358M3502IA
358M4002IA
358M4502IA
358M5002IA
358M5502IA
359M6002IA
359M6502IA
Drawer sides
and cover caps
left/right
Inox
2
SW R9006 TS
ZRG.237RSIC
ZRG.207RSIC
ZRG.287RSIC
ZRG.337RSIC
ZRG.387RSIC
ZRG.437RSIC
ZRG.487RSIC
ZRG.537RSIC
ZRG.587RSIC
ZRG.237RIIC
ZRG.207RIIC
ZRG.287RIIC
ZRG.337RIIC
ZRG.387RIIC
ZRG.437RIIC
ZRG.487RIIC
ZRG.537RIIC
ZRG.587RIIC
Longside gallery
rail left/right
Inox
8
SW R9006 TS
Steel
Back fixing left/right
Z30D000SL SW, TS, R9006, NI
Part no.

Material Colour
3
Incl. 2 x gallery head ZRG.000R5F
Incl. locking piece Z31A0008
Nylon
Front fixing left/right
ZIF.74D0 SW, S, WGR, R7037
Part no.

Material Colour
4
Internal cabinet width LW - 132 mm
Front piece without groove
Cutting
Z31L1036A
Part no.
5
SW, TS, R9006, NI For cutting to size, 1036 mm
Colour Length
Internal cabinet width LW - 122 mm
Cross gallery
Cutting
ZRG.1046Z
Part no.
7
SW, TS, R9006, NI For cutting to size, 1046 mm
Colour Length
Z37Rxx7D
Z37Axx7D Metal
Glass
Design element (side)
2 x
2 x
Part no. Material Colour
9a
Clear, frosted
SW, TS, R9006
Silk white Black
Terra black White grey
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium) RAL 7037 light grey
Stainless steel Nickel plated
TS WGR
SW S
R9006 R7037
Inox NI
Colour
NL Nominal length
Catalogue 2013/2014
Order specification, see accessories design element
** Order specification, see TIP-ON
for TANDEMBOX
* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE
- With simple gallery
- Design element possible
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel silk white
(SW), terra black (TS), RAL 9006 grey (white
aluminium, R9006) and stainless steel (Inox)
- Tool-free front assembly
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
Nylon
Locking piece set
Z36D0080 SW, S, WGR, R7037
Accessories
Part no.

Material Colour
9

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s
A
B
A
B
L
W
K
B
283
Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Standard cabinet
Inner pull-out gallery D
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Back installation dimensions
Cabinet profile screw positions Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard
Cutting dimensions design element
270
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
Nominal length NL (mm)
* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm
LW - 87 mm
LW - 75 mm
Back
199 mm
Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX antaro 263
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories design element 300
Accessories steel back 301
Accessories 300
Cabinet profile fixing positions 306
Assembly, removal and adjustment 308
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
Catalogue 2013/2014
KB Cabinet width
LW Inner cabinet width
NL Nominal length
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

The given dimensions in combina-
tion with TANDEMBOX do not require
impact testing for vertically installed
glass parts as per the DIN EN 14749
norm Nov.2005. For norm compliance
no safety glass is required.
The upper edge is a polished flat-ended
edge with a 1 mm 0.5 mm bevel.
284
Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Standard cabinet
High fronted pull-out gallery D K drawer side
Space requirement
Order information
300 mm
270 mm
558.3001B
558.2701B

350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
558.3501B01
558.4001B01
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B




559.4501B
559.5001B
559.5501B
559.6001B
559.6501B


556.4501B
556.5001B
556.5501B
556.6001B
556.6501B
BLUMOTION *
Cabinet profiles left/right
Nominal
length NL 30 kg 50 kg 65 kg
1
559.3001T
559.2701T
559.3501T
559.4001T
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T
Cabinet profiles
left/right
TIP-ON **
20/30/50 kg
300 mm
270 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
358K3002SA
358K2702SA
358K3502SA
358K4002SA
358K4502SA
358K5002SA
358K5502SA
359K6002SA
359K6502SA
Drawer sides,
cover caps and
positioning dow-
els left/right

Nominal
length NL
2
SW R9006 TS
300 mm
270 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
ZRG.237RSIC
ZRG.207RSIC
ZRG.287RSIC
ZRG.337RSIC
ZRG.387RSIC
ZRG.437RSIC
ZRG.487RSIC
ZRG.537RSIC
ZRG.587RSIC
Longside gallery
rail left/right

Nominal
length NL
8
SW R9006 TS
Steel
Back fixing left/right
Z30D000SL SW, TS, R9006
Part no.

Material Colour
3
Front fixing bracket
Screw-on
Knock-in
INSERTA
2 x
2 x
2 x
ZSF.3902
ZSF.3502
ZSF.3602



Fixing method Part no.
4
Catalogue 2013/2014
** Order specification, see TIP-ON
for TANDEMBOX
* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE
- With simple gallery
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel silk white
(SW), terra black (TS), RAL 9006 grey (white
aluminium, R9006)
- Tool-free front assembly
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
Silk white Black
Terra black White grey
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium) RAL 7037 light grey
Stainless steel Nickel plated
TS WGR
SW S
R9006 R7037
Inox NI
Colour
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

NL Nominal length
A
B
A
B
L
W
K
B
285
Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Standard cabinet
High fronted pull-out gallery D K drawer side
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions for
screw-on front
Front drilling dimensions for
INSERTA/knock-in
Back installation dimensions
Cabinet profile screw positions Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard
270
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
Nominal length NL (mm)
* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm
LW - 87 mm
LW - 75 mm
Back
199 mm
Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX antaro 263
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories steel back 301
Accessories 300
Cabinet profile fixing positions 306
Assembly, removal and adjustment 308
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
Catalogue 2013/2014
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

KB Cabinet width
LW Inner cabinet width
NL Nominal length
FA Front overlay
286
Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Standard cabinet
Inner pull-out gallery D K drawer side
Space requirement
Order information
300 mm
270 mm
558.3001B
558.2701B

350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
558.3501B01
558.4001B01
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B




559.4501B
559.5001B
559.5501B
559.6001B
559.6501B


556.4501B
556.5001B
556.5501B
556.6001B
556.6501B
BLUMOTION *
Cabinet profiles left/right
Nominal
length NL 30 kg 50 kg 65 kg
1
559.3001T
559.2701T
559.3501T
559.4001T
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T
Cabinet profiles
left/right
TIP-ON **
20/30/50 kg
300 mm
270 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
358K3002SA
358K2702SA
358K3502SA
358K4002SA
358K4502SA
358K5002SA
358K5502SA
359K6002SA
359K6502SA
Drawer sides,
cover caps and
positioning dow-
els left/right

Nominal
length NL
2
SW R9006 TS
300 mm
270 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
ZRG.237RSIC
ZRG.207RSIC
ZRG.287RSIC
ZRG.337RSIC
ZRG.387RSIC
ZRG.437RSIC
ZRG.487RSIC
ZRG.537RSIC
ZRG.587RSIC
Longside gallery
rail left/right

Nominal
length NL
8
SW R9006 TS
Steel
Back fixing left/right
Z30D000SL SW, TS, R9006
Part no.

Material Colour
3
Incl. 2 x gallery head ZRG.000R5F
Incl. locking piece Z31A0008
Nylon
Front fixing left/right
ZIF.74D0 SW, S, WGR
Part no.

Material Colour
4
Internal cabinet width LW - 132 mm
Front piece without groove
Cutting
Z31L1036A
Part no.
5
SW, TS, R9006 For cutting to size, 1036 mm
Colour Length
Internal cabinet width LW - 122 mm
Cross gallery
Cutting
ZRG.1046Z
Part no.
7
SW, TS, R9006 For cutting to size, 1046 mm
Colour Length
Silk white Black
Terra black White grey
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium) RAL 7037 light grey
Stainless steel Nickel plated
TS WGR
SW S
R9006 R7037
Inox NI
Colour

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s
NL Nominal length
Catalogue 2013/2014
** Order specification, see TIP-ON
for TANDEMBOX
* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE
- With simple gallery
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel silk white
(SW), terra black (TS), RAL 9006 grey (white
aluminium, R9006)
- Tool-free front assembly
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
A
B
A
B
L
W
K
B
287
Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Standard cabinet
Inner pull-out gallery D K drawer side
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Back installation dimensions
Cabinet profile screw positions Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard
270
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
Nominal length NL (mm)
* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm
LW - 87 mm
LW - 75 mm
Back
199 mm
Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX antaro 263
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories steel back 301
Accessories 300
Cabinet profile fixing positions 306
Assembly, removal and adjustment 308
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
Catalogue 2013/2014
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

KB Cabinet width
LW Inner cabinet width
NL Nominal length
288
Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Standard cabinet
High fronted pull-out gallery C alu frames
Space requirement
Order information
300 mm
270 mm
558.3001B
558.2701B

350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
558.3501B01
558.4001B01
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B




559.4501B
559.5001B
559.5501B
559.6001B
559.6501B


556.4501B
556.5001B
556.5501B
556.6001B
556.6501B
BLUMOTION *
Cabinet profiles left/right
Nominal
length NL 30 kg 50 kg 65 kg
1
559.3001T
559.2701T
559.3501T
559.4001T
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T
Cabinet profiles
left/right
TIP-ON **
20/30/50 kg
358M3002SA
358M2702SA
358M3502SA
358M4002SA
358M4502SA
358M5002SA
358M5502SA
359M6002SA
359M6502SA
358M3002IA
358M2702IA
358M3502IA
358M4002IA
358M4502IA
358M5002IA
358M5502IA
359M6002IA
359M6502IA
Drawer sides
and cover caps
left/right
Inox
2
SW R9006 TS
ZRG.237RSIC
ZRG.207RSIC
ZRG.287RSIC
ZRG.337RSIC
ZRG.387RSIC
ZRG.437RSIC
ZRG.487RSIC
ZRG.537RSIC
ZRG.587RSIC
ZRG.237RIIC
ZRG.207RIIC
ZRG.287RIIC
ZRG.337RIIC
ZRG.387RIIC
ZRG.437RIIC
ZRG.487RIIC
ZRG.537RIIC
ZRG.587RIIC
Longside gallery
rail left/right
Inox
8
SW R9006 TS
Steel
Back fixing left/right
Z30C000S SW, TS, R9006, NI
Part no.

Material Colour
3
Front fixing bracket
Screw-on 2 x ZSF.3502
Fixing method Part no.
4
Nylon
Adapter for aluminium frames
ZRF.2200.01 Natural 2 x
Part no.

Material Colour
4a
Nylon
Gallery head
ZRG.000R5F Natural 2 x
Part no. Material Colour
8a
Catalogue 2013/2014
Order specification, see accessories design element
Use countersunk screw 7 x 3.5 mm
** Order specification, see TIP-ON
for TANDEMBOX
* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE
- With simple gallery
- Design element possible
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel silk white
(SW), terra black (TS), RAL 9006 grey (white
aluminium, R9006) and stainless steel (Inox)
- Tool-free front assembly
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
Silk white Black
Terra black White grey
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium) RAL 7037 light grey
Stainless steel Nickel plated
TS WGR
SW S
R9006 R7037
Inox NI
Colour
NL Nominal length
Z37Rxx7C
Z37Axx7C Metal
Glass
Design element (side)
2 x
2 x
Part no. Material Colour
9a
Clear, frosted
SW, TS, R9006
Nylon
Locking piece set
Z36C0080 SW, S, WGR, R7037
Accessories
Part no.

Material Colour
9

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s
1
6
3
A
B
A
B
L
W
K
B
289
Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Standard cabinet
High fronted pull-out gallery C alu frames
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions for
screw-on front
Back installation dimensions
Cabinet profile screw positions Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard
Cutting dimensions design element
270
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
Nominal length NL (mm)
* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm
LW - 87 mm
LW - 75 mm
Back
167 mm
Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX antaro 263
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories design element 300
Accessories steel back 301
Accessories 300
Cabinet profile fixing positions 306
Assembly, removal and adjustment 308
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
Catalogue 2013/2014
KB Cabinet width
LW Inner cabinet width
NL Nominal length
FA Front overlay
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

The given dimensions in combina-
tion with TANDEMBOX do not require
impact testing for vertically installed
glass parts as per the DIN EN 14749
norm Nov.2005. For norm compliance
no safety glass is required.
The upper edge is a polished flat-ended
edge with a 1 mm 0.5 mm bevel.
290
Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Standard cabinet
High fronted pull-out gallery D alu frames
Space requirement
Order information
300 mm
270 mm
558.3001B
558.2701B

350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
558.3501B01
558.4001B01
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B




559.4501B
559.5001B
559.5501B
559.6001B
559.6501B


556.4501B
556.5001B
556.5501B
556.6001B
556.6501B
BLUMOTION *
Cabinet profiles left/right
Nominal
length NL 30 kg 50 kg 65 kg
1
559.3001T
559.2701T
559.3501T
559.4001T
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T
Cabinet profiles
left/right
TIP-ON **
20/30/50 kg
358M3002SA
358M2702SA
358M3502SA
358M4002SA
358M4502SA
358M5002SA
358M5502SA
359M6002SA
359M6502SA
358M3002IA
358M2702IA
358M3502IA
358M4002IA
358M4502IA
358M5002IA
358M5502IA
359M6002IA
359M6502IA
Drawer sides
and cover caps
left/right
Inox
2
SW R9006 TS
ZRG.237RSIC
ZRG.207RSIC
ZRG.287RSIC
ZRG.337RSIC
ZRG.387RSIC
ZRG.437RSIC
ZRG.487RSIC
ZRG.537RSIC
ZRG.587RSIC
ZRG.237RIIC
ZRG.207RIIC
ZRG.287RIIC
ZRG.337RIIC
ZRG.387RIIC
ZRG.437RIIC
ZRG.487RIIC
ZRG.537RIIC
ZRG.587RIIC
Longside gallery
rail left/right
Inox
8
SW R9006 TS
Steel
Back fixing left/right
Z30D000SL SW, TS, R9006, NI
Part no.

Material Colour
3
Front fixing bracket
Screw-on 2 x ZSF.3502
Fixing method Part no.
4
Nylon
Adapter for aluminium frames
ZRF.2200.01 Natural 2 x
Part no.

Material Colour
4a
Nylon
Gallery head
ZRG.000R5F Natural 2 x
Part no. Material Colour
8a
Catalogue 2013/2014
Order specification, see accessories design element
Use countersunk screw 7 x 3.5 mm
** Order specification, see TIP-ON
for TANDEMBOX
* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE
- With simple gallery
- Design element possible
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel silk white
(SW), terra black (TS), RAL 9006 grey (white
aluminium, R9006) and stainless steel (Inox)
- Tool-free front assembly
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
Silk white Black
Terra black White grey
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium) RAL 7037 light grey
Stainless steel Nickel plated
TS WGR
SW S
R9006 R7037
Inox NI
Colour
NL Nominal length
Z37Rxx7D
Z37Axx7D Metal
Glass
Design element (side)
2 x
2 x
Part no. Material Colour
9a
Clear, frosted
SW, TS, R9006
Nylon
Locking piece set
Z36D0080 SW, S, WGR, R7037
Accessories
Part no.

Material Colour
9

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s
A
B
A
B
L
W
K
B
291
Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Standard cabinet
High fronted pull-out gallery D alu frames
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions for
screw-on front
Back installation dimensions
Cabinet profile screw positions Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard
Cutting dimensions design element
270
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
Nominal length NL (mm)
* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm
LW - 87 mm
LW - 75 mm
Back
199 mm
Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX antaro 263
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories design element 300
Accessories steel back 301
Accessories 300
Cabinet profile fixing positions 306
Assembly, removal and adjustment 308
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
Catalogue 2013/2014
KB Cabinet width
LW Inner cabinet width
NL Nominal length
FA Front overlay

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s
The given dimensions in combina-
tion with TANDEMBOX do not require
impact testing for vertically installed
glass parts as per the DIN EN 14749
norm Nov.2005. For norm compliance
no safety glass is required.
The upper edge is a polished flat-ended
edge with a 1 mm 0.5 mm bevel.
292
Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Corner cabinet
SPACE CORNER with SYNCROMOTION
Order information
Drawer Colour
SW Silk white
TS Terra black
R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
Inox Stainless steel
Drawer M
High fronted pull-out Colour
SW Silk white
TS Terra black
R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
Inox Stainless steel
High fronted pull-out gallery C
Design element possible
SW Silk white
TS Terra black
R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
Inox Stainless steel
High fronted pull-out gallery D
Design element possible
Planning
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX antaro 263
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories design element 300
Cutting dimensions design element C hight 276
Cutting dimensions design element D hight 281
Accessories 300
Cabinet profile fixing positions 306
Assembly, removal and adjustment 363
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s
Please use our DYNALOG ordering software for all your ordering needs!
Please use our DYNALOG (DYNAPLAN) planning software for all your planning needs.
Catalogue 2013/2014
- Inspiring opening and closing function with
SYNCROMOTION
- Use of standard fronts
- With simple gallery
- Design element possible
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel silk white
(SW), terra black (TS), RAL 9006 grey (white
aluminium, R9006) and stainless steel (Inox)
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action
293
Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Corner cabinet
SPACE CORNER with rigid fronts
Order information
Drawer Colour
SW Silk white
TS Terra black
R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
Inox Stainless steel
Drawer M
High fronted pull-out Colour
SW Silk white
TS Terra black
R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
Inox Stainless steel
High fronted pull-out gallery D
Design element possible
Planning
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX antaro 263
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories design element 300
Cutting dimensions design element D hight 281
Accessories 300
Cabinet profile fixing positions 306
Assembly, removal and adjustment 365
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s
Please use our DYNALOG (DYNAPLAN) ordering software for all your ordering needs!
Please use our DYNALOG (DYNAPLAN) planning software for all your planning needs.
Catalogue 2013/2014
- Using special fronts
- With simple gallery
- Design element possible
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel silk white
(SW), terra black (TS), RAL 9006 grey (white
aluminium, R9006) and stainless steel (Inox)
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
294
Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Sink cabinet
High fronted pull-out gallery C
Space requirement
Order information
500 mm
450 mm
558.5001B
558.4501B01

550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
558.5501B



559.6001B
559.6501B
BLUMOTION *
Cabinet profiles left/right
Nominal
length NL 30 kg 50 kg
1
559.5001T
559.4501T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T
Cabinet profiles
left/right
TIP-ON **
50 kg
358M5002SA
358M4502SA
358M5502SA
359M6002SA
359M6502SA
358M5002IA
358M4502IA
358M5502IA
359M6002IA
359M6502IA
Drawer sides
and cover caps
left/right
Inox
2
SW R9006 TS
358M5004SG
358M4504SG
358M5504SG
358M6004SG
358M6504SG
358M5004IG
358M4504IG
358M5504IG
358M6004IG
358M6504IG
Sink drawer side
left/right
Inox
11
SW R9006 TS
500 mm
450 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
ZRG.437RSIC
ZRG.387RSIC
ZRG.487RSIC
ZRG.537RSIC
ZRG.587RSIC
ZRG.437RIIC
ZRG.387RIIC
ZRG.487RIIC
ZRG.537RIIC
ZRG.587RIIC
2 x
2 x
2 x
2 x
2 x
Longside gallery rail left/
right

Nominal
length NL Inox
8
SW R9006 TS
Steel
Back fixing left/right
Z30C000S SW, TS, R9006, NI 2 x
Part no.

Material Colour
3
Front fixing bracket
Screw-on
Knock-in
INSERTA
2 x
2 x
2 x
ZSF.3902
ZSF.3502
ZSF.3602



Fixing method Part no.
4
Steel
Back fixing left/right
Z30N000S.04 SW, TS, R9006, NI
Part no.

Material Colour
12
Nylon
Adapter left/right
Z30N0002.6Z R7037
Part no.

Material Colour
13
Catalogue 2013/2014
** Order specification, see TIP-ON
for TANDEMBOX
* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE
- With simple gallery
- Design element possible
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel silk white
(SW), terra black (TS), RAL 9006 grey (white
aluminium, R9006) and stainless steel (Inox)
- Tool-free front assembly
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
NL Nominal length
Z37Rxx7C
Z37Axx7C Metal
Glass
Design element (side)
2 x
2 x
Part no. Material Colour
9a
Clear, frosted
SW, TS, R9006
Nylon
Locking piece set
Z36C0080 SW, S, WGR, R7037
Accessories
Part no.

Material Colour
9

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s
1
6
3
295
Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Sink cabinet
High fronted pull-out gallery C
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions for
screw-on front
Front drilling dimensions for
INSERTA/knock-in
Back installation dimensions
Cabinet profile screw positions Divider dimensions
Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard
450
500
550
600
650
Nominal length NL (mm)
* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm
53 mm

= 48 mm
= 225 mm
Back
167 mm
Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Divider
Y max.
Y min.
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX antaro 263
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories design element 300
Cutting dimensions design element C hight 276
Accessories 300
Cabinet profile fixing positions 306
Assembly, removal and adjustment 308
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
Catalogue 2013/2014
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

FA Front overlay
KB Cabinet width
LW Inner cabinet width
NL Nominal length
SPW Internal width between
sink drawer sides
296
Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Sink cabinet
High fronted pull-out gallery D
Space requirement
Order information
500 mm
450 mm
558.5001B
558.4501B01

550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
558.5501B



559.6001B
559.6501B
BLUMOTION *
Cabinet profiles left/right
Nominal
length NL 30 kg 50 kg
1
559.5001T
559.4501T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T
Cabinet profiles
left/right
TIP-ON **
50 kg
358M5002SA
358M4502SA
358M5502SA
359M6002SA
359M6502SA
358M5002IA
358M4502IA
358M5502IA
359M6002IA
359M6502IA
Drawer sides
and cover caps
left/right
Inox
2
SW R9006 TS
358M5004SG
358M4504SG
358M5504SG
358M6004SG
358M6504SG
358M5004IG
358M4504IG
358M5504IG
358M6004IG
358M6504IG
Sink drawer side
left/right
Inox
11
SW R9006 TS
500 mm
450 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
ZRG.437RSIC
ZRG.387RSIC
ZRG.487RSIC
ZRG.537RSIC
ZRG.587RSIC
ZRG.437RIIC
ZRG.387RIIC
ZRG.487RIIC
ZRG.537RIIC
ZRG.587RIIC
2 x
2 x
2 x
2 x
2 x
Longside gallery rail left/
right

Nominal
length NL Inox
8
SW R9006 TS
Steel
Back fixing left/right
Z30D000SL SW, TS, R9006, NI 2 x
Part no.

Material Colour
3
Front fixing bracket
Screw-on
Knock-in
INSERTA
2 x
2 x
2 x
ZSF.3902
ZSF.3502
ZSF.3602



Fixing method Part no.
4
Steel
Back fixing left/right
Z30N000S.04 SW, TS, R9006, NI
Part no.

Material Colour
12
Nylon
Adapter left/right
Z30N0002.6Z R7037
Part no.

Material Colour
13
Catalogue 2013/2014
** Order specification, see TIP-ON
for TANDEMBOX
* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE
- With simple gallery
- Design element possible
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel silk white
(SW), terra black (TS), RAL 9006 grey (white
aluminium, R9006) and stainless steel (Inox)
- Tool-free front assembly
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
NL Nominal length
Z37Rxx7D
Z37Axx7D Metal
Glass
Design element (side)
2 x
2 x
Part no. Material Colour
9a
Clear, frosted
SW, TS, R9006
Nylon
Locking piece set
Z36D0080 SW, S, WGR, R7037
Accessories
Part no.

Material Colour
9

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s
297
Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Sink cabinet
High fronted pull-out gallery D
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions for
screw-on front
Front drilling dimensions for
INSERTA/knock-in
Back installation dimensions
Cabinet profile screw positions Divider dimensions
Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard
450
500
550
600
650
Nominal length NL (mm)
* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm
53 mm

= 48 mm
= 225 mm
Back
199 mm
Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Divider
Y max.
Y min.
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX antaro 263
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories design element 300
Cutting dimensions design element D hight 281
Accessories 300
Cabinet profile fixing positions 306
Assembly, removal and adjustment 308
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
Catalogue 2013/2014
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

FA Front overlay
KB Cabinet width
LW Inner cabinet width
NL Nominal length
SPW Internal width between
sink drawer sides
298
Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Larder unit
SPACE TOWER
Order information
Inner pull-out
Application recommendation
278
572
Inner pull-out
ORGA-LINE
282
572
Inner pull-out
ORGA-LINE

Front

110
CLIP top 155 hinge
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX antaro 263
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
CLIP top 155 hinge 110
Accessories BLUMOTION for doors 182
Accessories 300
Assembly, removal and adjustment 308
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

Catalogue 2013/2014
Recommended cabinet widths: 450 - 600 mm
- The larder unit is equipped with inner drawers,
with shelves in the upper section
- Enough space and plenty of stability, even for
large and bulky items
- ORGA-LINE inner dividing systems for pull-
outs puts everything in order and allows easy
access
- Up to 55 % more storage space through the
use of higher back and side walls
- Allows access from all sides
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
299
Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Larder unit
SPACE TOWER
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Front drilling dimensions
Number of Hinges 692
Page instructions

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s
Please use our DYNALOG (DYNAPLAN) planning software for all your
planning needs.
Catalogue 2013/2014
All dimensions are aligned with the 32 mm system.
1st system drilling used for cabinet base 16 mm and bottom gap = 0 mm.
300
Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Accessories
Glass design element
Nominal length NL - 33 mm
Cutting
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX antaro 263
Cutting dimensions design element C hight 276
Cutting dimensions design element D hight 281
Assembly, removal and adjustment 310
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684

Order information
300 mm
270 mm
Z37R267C
Z37R237C
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
Z37R317C
Z37R367C
Z37R417C
Z37R467C
Z37R517C
Z37R567C
Z37R617C
C height
Glass design
element (side)
Nominal
length NL Clear Frosted
300 mm
270 mm
Z37R267D
Z37R237D
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
Z37R317D
Z37R367D
Z37R417D
Z37R467D
Z37R517D
Z37R567D
Z37R617D
D height
Glass design
element (side)
Nominal
length NL Clear Frosted

Metal design element
Nominal length NL - 33 mm
Cutting
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX antaro 263
Cutting dimensions design element C hight 276
Cutting dimensions design element D hight 281
Assembly, removal and adjustment 310
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
Order information
500 mm
450 mm
Z37A467C
Z37A417C
550 mm
650 mm
Z37A517C
Z37A617C
C height
Metal design
element (side)
Nominal
length NL SW R9006 TS
500 mm
450 mm
Z37A467D
Z37A417D
550 mm
650 mm
Z37A517D
Z37A617D
D height
Metal design
element (side)
Nominal
length NL SW R9006 TS
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

Catalogue 2013/2014
- Create closed containers and give your kitchen
character
- Glass, frosted or clear
- Create closed containers and give your kitchen
character
- Material: aluminium
- For cutting to size
301
Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Accessories
Steel back
N height
M height
K height
C height
D height
Z30NxxxS.6
Z30MxxxS.6
Z30KxxxS.6
Z30CxxxS.6
Z30DxxxS.6
Part no. Back height

Planning
Calculation of width
Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard
NL - 22 mm
LW - 75 mm
Base
Back fixing B height
Back fixing B height Z30B000S.04
Part no.
Back height
Cutting
135 mm
Planning
Space requirement in
cabinet
Installation dimensions
for screw-on front
Back installation dimen-
sions
- For TANDEMBOX
- Material: steel
- Colour: silk white, terra black, RAL 9006 grey
(white aluminium), nickel plated
- For TANDEMBOX
- Material: steel
- Colour: silk white, terra black, RAL 9006 grey
(white aluminium), nickel plated
Catalogue 2013/2014
xxx Back width
Example:
Internal cabinet width 567 mm - 28 mm = back width 539 mm
Order: Z30M539S.6 in white
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

NL Nominal length
LW Inner cabinet width
FA Front overlay
302
Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Accessories
Flexible gallery fixing
Flexible gallery fixing ZRR.5200
Part no.
Planning
Space requirement in
cabinet
Installation dimensions
for screw-on front
Back installation dimen-
sions


Space requirement in
cabinet
Installation dimensions
for screw-on front
Back installation dimen-
sions

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s
- Material: steel
- Colour: silk white, terra black, RAL 9006 grey
(white aluminium), nickel plated
Height D double gallery (back fixing
bracket height B)
FA Front overlay
Height D double gallery (back fixing
bracket height B)
Free placement
Z = X - 71 mm
X Back height
FA Front overlay
Free placement
Y = X - 4 mm
X Back height
Free placement
W = X - 103 mm
X Back height
Height D double gallery (back fixing
bracket height B)
Catalogue 2013/2014
3
9
.
5
3
2
6
4
6
4
m
i
n

4
7
.
5
X
(min 55)
32
12
64
10
+ 0.2
0.1
10
+ 0.2
0.1
min
10
303
Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Accessories
Side stabilisation top mounted
Cutting
1 Internal cabinet width LW - 86 mm
ZST.450BA
ZST.500BA
ZST.550BA
ZST.600BA
ZST.650BA
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm





Nominal length NL Part no.
Fixing for side stabilisation 307
Page instructions
Planning
Space requirement in
cabinet
Space requirement in
cabinet
Space requirement in
cabinet
Space requirement in
cabinet
Assembly
Front stabilisation
Front stabilisation Z96.10E1
Part no.
Planning
Space requirement in
cabinet
Front drilling dimensions
- Additional stabilisation for extra wide high fronted
pull-outs
- Recommendation: cabinet width 900 to 1200 mm
- Aluminium rod suitable for KB 1200 mm, for cut-
ting to size
- Suitable for use with SERVO-DRIVE
Catalogue 2013/2014
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

- For stabilising wide and high fronts
- Reinforces the connection between the drawer
side and the front
- Material: nylon, RAL 7037 light grey
3.5
X
7
6
X
8
6
X
7
304
Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Accessories
Chipboard screws 3.5 mm
609.1500
609.1700
15 mm
17 mm


Length (X) Part no.
System screws 6.0 mm
661.1000.HG
661.1150.HG
661.1300.HG
661.1450.HG
661.2000.HG
10 mm
11.5 mm
13 mm
14.5 mm
20 mm





Length (X) Part no.
Special system screws 6.0 mm
662.1150.HG
662.1300.HG
662.1450.HG
11.5 mm
13 mm
14.5 mm



Length (X) Part no.
Centre bit

Centre bit
Replacement bit
M01.ZZ03
M01.ZZB3
Part no.
Stick-on door buffer
Stick-on door buffer 993.710
Part no.
8 mm door buffer
8 mm door buffer 993.706
Part no.
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

Catalogue 2013/2014
- 2.7 mm, length 70 mm
- To pre-drill for 3.5 mm chipboard screws
- Drilling depth up to 8 mm
- Material: steel, hardened
- 3.5 mm
- Material: steel, nickel plated
- 6 mm
- Drilling diameter 5 mm
- Material: steel, nickel plated
- 6 mm
- Drilling diameter 5 mm
- Material: steel, nickel plated
- For noise reduction
- Gap 2 mm
- Two-part
- Material: nylon, RAL 9006 white aluminium
- For noise reduction
- Material: nylon, natural coloured
305
Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Accessories
Pozidrive screwdriver
Pozidrive screwdriver 303.756.1
Part no.
Slotted screwdriver
Slotted screwdriver 314.928.1
Part no.

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s
Catalogue 2013/2014
- PZ (Pozi) size 2
- Blade length 100 mm
- Overall length 200 mm
- Orange handle with Blum logo
- Material: nylon/steel, black/orange
- Slotted, size 1.0 x 5.5 mm
- Blade length 125 mm
- Overall length 225 mm
- Orange handle with Blum logo
- Material: nylon/steel, black/orange
500 - 550
450
270
A
B
300 - 350
*
*
*
*
*
450
600
650
500 - 550
*
*
*
*
306
Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Cabinet profile 558B 30 kg Cabinet profile 559B 50 kg
Cabinet profile 556B 65 kg Cabinet profile 559T 20/30/50 kg
Catalogue 2013/2014
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

Fixing onto cabinet
A Chipboard screws 4 x 15 mm
B Chipboard screws, part no. 661.1450.HG
Fixing onto cabinet
A Chipboard screws 4 x 15 mm
B Chipboard screws, part no. 661.1450.HG
* Optional
Fixing onto cabinet
A Chipboard screws 4 x 15 mm
B Chipboard screws, part no. 661.1450.HG
* Optional
Fixing onto cabinet
A Chipboard screws 4 x 15 mm
B Chipboard screws, part no. 661.1450.HG
* Optional
307
Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Side stabilisation top mounted
450
500
550
600
650
Nominal length NL (mm)
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s
Catalogue 2013/2014
308
Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Drawer
Drawer
Adjustment
Adjustment

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

Tilt adjustment
Height adjustment Side adjustment
Assembly
Assembly Removal
Catalogue 2013/2014
309
Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Drawer insertion and removal

Inner drawer

Locking piece Z31A0008

Inner drawer

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

Assembly
Removal
Insertion Removal
Catalogue 2013/2014
30 mm dimension can be reduced if
ZIF.80M5 handle is utilised
Starting with cabinet width KB
600 mm
310
Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Handle and latch
Handle and latch
High fronted pull-out
High fronted pull-out design element
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

Assembly
Assembly
Assembly
Catalogue 2013/2014
Latch is activated
Attached to the centre on the latch
Released when latch is activated Activate or deactivate latch


311
Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Assembly, removal and adjustment
High fronted pull-out design element

High fronted pull-out

High fronted pull-out

Inner pull-out
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

Removal
Removal
Catalogue 2013/2014


312
Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Inner pull-out
Inner pull-out

Locking piece Z31A0008
Inner pull-out

High fronted pull-out alu frames
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

Removal
Catalogue 2013/2014
Starting with cabinet width KB
600 mm

313
Box systems
TANDEMBOX antaro
Assembly, removal and adjustment
High fronted pull-out alu frames
High fronted pull-out alu frames

High fronted pull-out alu frames

Sink cabinet
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

Catalogue 2013/2014
314
Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus

Nylon parts
The desired drawer side colour is
combined with the nylon parts in
light grey, e.g. for the inner pull-out
or ORGA-LINE
Double walled BOXSIDE
You can make an enclosed box us-
ing a double walled BOXSIDE
Simple gallery
You can make the open drawer
using a single gallery
Double gallery
The pull-out can also be designed
with a double gallery as an alterna-
tive to the single gallery
Modular system
The large programme variety of
TANDEMBOX plus enables you to
design the side of the pull-out to
suit a variety of applications
The versatile line
Catalogue 2013/2014

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s
Thanks to the large programme variety of
TANDEMBOX plus, you can find the right
solutions for every application: whether its a
simple round gallery or enclosed box a wide
pull-out or a narrow drawer.
You also have the option of using the different
opening support systems. SERVO-DRIVE,
the electrical opening support system in
combination with BLUMOTION or TIP-ON, the
mechanical opening support system.
315
Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Overview
TANDEMBOX plus
Overview applications 316
Accessories
Steel back 352
Side stabilisation top mounted 352
Side stabilisation installed at the back 353
Front stabilisation 353
Screws 355
Centre bit 355
Door buffer 355
Screwdriver 356

Cabinet profile fixing positions
Cabinet profile 558B 30 kg 358
Cabinet profile 559B 50 kg 358
Cabinet profile 556B 65 kg 358
Cabinet profile 559T 20/30/50 kg 358
Side stabilisation top mounted 359
Side stabilisation installed at the back 359

Assembly, removal and adjustment
Drawer 360
Adjustment 360
Inner drawer 361
High fronted pull-out 361
Inner pull-out 362
Locking piece Z31A0008 362
SPACE CORNER with SYNCROMOTION 363
SPACE CORNER with rigid fronts 365
Sink cabinet 365
Pictograph
Item Available Upon Request
General Information
Accessories
TANDEMBOX plus
Corner cabinet
Sink cabinet
Larder unit
Drawer
Inner drawer
High fronted pull-out
Inner pull-out
Gallery
Double gallery
Double-wall BOXSIDE
Installation height and/or min. space
requirement in cabinet
Height of Drawer Side
Dynamic carrying capacity in kg
Planning
Cutting
Assembly
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Catalogue 2013/2014
Symbol image
Symbol image
Symbol image
Symbol image
METAFILE file drawer 354

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s
316
Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Overview applications
Standard cabinet
Drawer Inner drawer
Drawer N
318
Drawer M Inner drawer M
320 322
Drawer K Inner drawer K
324 326
High fronted pull-out Inner pull-out
High fronted pull-out gallery B Inner pull-out gallery B
328 330
High fronted pull-out gallery C K
drawer side
Inner pull-out gallery C K drawer
side
332 334
High fronted pull-out double gallery
D
Inner pull-out double gallery D
336 338
High fronted pull-out BOXSIDE D Inner pull-out BOXSIDE D
340 342
Corner cabinet
SPACE CORNER with
SYNCROMOTION
344
SPACE CORNER with rigid fronts
345
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

Catalogue 2013/2014
317
Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Overview applications
Sink cabinet
Drawer
Drawer M
346
High fronted pull-out
High fronted pull-out BOXSIDE D
348
Larder unit
SPACE TOWER
350 Cabinet width 450 - 600 mm
Info box

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

Catalogue 2013/2014
Take advantage of DYNALOG limited included free on the DVD.
DYNAPLAN cabinet planning incl. a collision check and fittings selection
DYNACAT electronic product catalogue and CAD data export (dxf, dwg, igs, sat, wrl, x_t, jpg)
DYNASHOP shopping basket and ordering function
318
Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Standard cabinet
Drawer N
Space requirement
Order information
450 mm
400 mm
558.4501B01
558.4001B01
500 mm
550 mm
558.5001B
558.5501B
BLUMOTION *
Cabinet profiles
left/right
Nominal
length NL 30 kg
1
450 mm
400 mm
559.4501T
559.4001T
500 mm
550 mm
559.5001T
559.5501T
TIP-ON **
Cabinet profiles
left/right
Nominal
length NL 30/50 kg
1
450 mm
400 mm
500 mm
550 mm
358N4502S
358N4002S
358N5002S
358N5502S
Drawer sides
and cover caps
left/right

Nominal
length NL W R9006
2
Steel
Back fixing left/right
Z30N000S.04 W, R9006
Part no.

Material Colour
3
Front fixing bracket
Screw-on
Knock-in
INSERTA
2 x
2 x
2 x
ZSF.3902
ZSF.3502
ZSF.3602



Fixing method Part no.
4
Catalogue 2013/2014
Cover caps can be printed with
customer name/logo minimums
from 1000 pcs
** Order specification, see TIP-ON
for TANDEMBOX
* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel white (W),
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium, R9006)
- Tool-free front assembly
- 2-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
White RAL 7037 light grey
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium) R9006
W R7037
Colour
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

NL Nominal length
m
i
n

3
3
7
8
.
5
37.5
m
i
n

4
8
.
5
2
2
9
3
8
96
37 192
288
320
9
96
32
32 32
A
B
A
B
L
W
K
B
319
Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Standard cabinet
Drawer N
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions for
screw-on front
Front drilling dimensions for
INSERTA/knock-in
Back installation dimensions
Cabinet profile screw positions Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard
400
450
500
550
Nominal length NL (mm)
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm
LW - 87 mm
LW - 75 mm
Back
69 mm
Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX plus 315
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Accessories steel back 352
Accessories 352
Cabinet profile fixing positions 358
Assembly, removal and adjustment 360
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
Catalogue 2013/2014
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

KB Cabinet width
LW Inner cabinet width
NL Nominal length
FA Front overlay
320
Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Standard cabinet
Drawer M
Space requirement
Order information
300 mm
270 mm
558.3001B
558.2701B

350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
558.3501B01
558.4001B01
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B




559.4501B
559.5001B
559.5501B
559.6001B
559.6501B


556.4501B
556.5001B
556.5501B
556.6001B
556.6501B
BLUMOTION *
Cabinet profiles left/right
Nominal
length NL 30 kg 50 kg 65 kg
1
300 mm
270 mm
559.3001T
559.2701T
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
559.3501T
559.4001T
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T
TIP-ON **
Cabinet profiles
left/right
Nominal
length NL 20/30/50 kg
1
300 mm
270 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
358M3002S
358M2702S
358M3502S
358M4002S
358M4502S
358M5002S
358M5502S
359M6002S
359M6502S
Drawer sides
and cover caps
left/right

Nominal
length NL W R9006
2
Steel
Back fixing left/right
Z30M000S.04 W, R9006
Part no.

Material Colour
3
Front fixing bracket
Screw-on
Knock-in
INSERTA
2 x
2 x
2 x
ZSF.3902
ZSF.3502
ZSF.3602



Fixing method Part no.
4
Catalogue 2013/2014
Cover caps can be printed with
customer name/logo minimums
from 1000 pcs
** Order specification, see TIP-ON
for TANDEMBOX
* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel white (W),
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium, R9006)
- Tool-free front assembly
- 2-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
White RAL 7037 light grey
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium) R9006
W R7037
Colour
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

NL Nominal length
m
i
n

3
3
9
3
.
5
37.5
m
i
n

6
3
.
5
9
2
0
3
2
A
B
A
B
L
W
K
B
321
Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Standard cabinet
Drawer M
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions for
screw-on front
Front drilling dimensions for
INSERTA/knock-in
Back installation dimensions
Cabinet profile screw positions Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard
270
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
Nominal length NL (mm)
* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm
LW - 87 mm
LW - 75 mm
Back
84 mm
Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX plus 315
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories steel back 352
Accessories 352
Cabinet profile fixing positions 358
Assembly, removal and adjustment 360
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
Catalogue 2013/2014
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

KB Cabinet width
LW Inner cabinet width
NL Nominal length
FA Front overlay
322
Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Standard cabinet
Inner drawer M
Space requirement
Order information
300 mm
270 mm
558.3001B
558.2701B

350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
558.3501B01
558.4001B01
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B




559.4501B
559.5001B
559.5501B
559.6001B
559.6501B


556.4501B
556.5001B
556.5501B
556.6001B
556.6501B
BLUMOTION *
Cabinet profiles left/right
Nominal
length NL 30 kg 50 kg 65 kg
1
300 mm
270 mm
559.3001T
559.2701T
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
559.3501T
559.4001T
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T
TIP-ON **
Cabinet profiles
left/right
Nominal
length NL 20/30/50 kg
1
300 mm
270 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
358M3002S
358M2702S
358M3502S
358M4002S
358M4502S
358M5002S
358M5502S
359M6002S
359M6502S
Drawer sides
and cover caps
left/right

Nominal
length NL W R9006
2
Steel
Back fixing left/right
Z30M000S.04 W, R9006
Part no.

Material Colour
3
Incl. locking piece Z31A0008
Nylon
Front fixing left/right
ZIF.70M0 R7037
Part no.

Material Colour
4
Internal cabinet width LW - 87 mm
Front section
Cutting
Z31A1081A
Part no.
5
W, R9006 For cutting to size, 1081 mm
Colour Length
Nylon
Handle
ZIF.7005 R7037
Accessories
Part no.

Material Colour
6a
Nylon
Handle and latch
ZIF.7007 R7037
Part no.

Material Colour
Alternative to 6a
6b
Catalogue 2013/2014
Cover caps can be printed with
customer name/logo minimums
from 1000 pcs
** Order specification, see TIP-ON
for TANDEMBOX
* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel white (W),
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium, R9006)
- Tool-free front assembly
- 2-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
- Inner drawers either with handle or handle and
latch
White RAL 7037 light grey
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium) R9006
W R7037
Colour

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s
NL Nominal length
* With handle
9
2
0
3
2
A
B
A
B
L
W
K
B
323
Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Standard cabinet
Inner drawer M
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Back installation dimensions Front drilling dimensions for
latch

Cabinet profile screw positions Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard
270
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
Nominal length NL (mm)
* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm
LW - 87 mm
LW - 75 mm
Back
84 mm
Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX plus 315
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories steel back 352
Accessories 352
Cabinet profile fixing positions 358
Assembly, removal and adjustment 360
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
Catalogue 2013/2014
* A minimum space of 72 mm
can be accommodated by using
ZIF.7005
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

KB Cabinet width
LW Inner cabinet width
NL Nominal length
324
Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Standard cabinet
Drawer K
Space requirement
Order information
450 mm
400 mm
558.4501B01
558.4001B01
559.4501B 556.4501B
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
558.5001B
558.5501B


559.5001B
559.5501B
559.6001B
559.6501B
556.5001B
556.5501B
556.6001B
556.6501B
BLUMOTION *
Cabinet profiles left/right
Nominal
length NL 30 kg 50 kg 65 kg
1
450 mm
400 mm
559.4501T
559.4001T
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T
TIP-ON **
Cabinet profiles
left/right
Nominal
length NL 30/50 kg
1
450 mm
400 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
358K4502S
358K4002S
358K5002S
358K5502S
359K6002S
359K6502S
Drawer sides,
cover caps and
positioning dow-
els left/right

Nominal
length NL W R9006
2
Steel
Back fixing left/right
Z30K000S W, R9006
Part no.

Material Colour
3
Front fixing bracket
Screw-on
Knock-in
INSERTA
2 x
2 x
2 x
ZSF.3902
ZSF.3502
ZSF.3602



Fixing method Part no.
4
Catalogue 2013/2014
Cover caps can be printed with
customer name/logo minimums
from 1000 pcs
** Order specification, see TIP-ON
for TANDEMBOX
* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel white (W),
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium, R9006)
- Tool-free front assembly
- 2-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
White RAL 7037 light grey
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium) R9006
W R7037
Colour
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

NL Nominal length
m
i
n

3
3
1
2
5
.
5
37.5
m
i
n

9
5
.
5
9
3
2
3
2
2
2
A
B
A
B
L
W
K
B
325
Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Standard cabinet
Drawer K
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions for
screw-on front
Front drilling dimensions for
INSERTA/knock-in
Back installation dimensions
Cabinet profile screw positions Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard
400
450
500
550
600
650
Nominal length NL (mm)
* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm
LW - 87 mm
LW - 75 mm
Back
116 mm
Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX plus 315
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories steel back 352
Accessories 352
Cabinet profile fixing positions 358
Assembly, removal and adjustment 360
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
Catalogue 2013/2014
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

KB Cabinet width
LW Inner cabinet width
NL Nominal length
FA Front overlay
326
Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Standard cabinet
Inner drawer K
Space requirement
Order information
450 mm
400 mm
558.4501B01
558.4001B01
559.4501B 556.4501B
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
558.5001B
558.5501B


559.5001B
559.5501B
559.6001B
559.6501B
556.5001B
556.5501B
556.6001B
556.6501B
BLUMOTION *
Cabinet profiles left/right
Nominal
length NL 30 kg 50 kg 65 kg
1
450 mm
400 mm
559.4501T
559.4001T
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T
TIP-ON **
Cabinet profiles
left/right
Nominal
length NL 30/50 kg
1
450 mm
400 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
358K4502S
358K4002S
358K5002S
358K5502S
359K6002S
359K6502S
Drawer sides,
cover caps and
positioning dow-
els left/right

Nominal
length NL W R9006
2
Steel
Back fixing left/right
Z30K000S W, R9006
Part no.

Material Colour
3
Incl. locking piece Z31A0008
Nylon
Front fixing left/right
ZIF.70K0 R7037
Part no.

Material Colour
4
Internal cabinet width LW - 87 mm
Front section
Cutting
Z31A1081A
Part no.
5
W, R9006 For cutting to size, 1081 mm
Colour Length
Nylon
Handle
ZIF.7005 R7037
Accessories
Part no.

Material Colour
6a
Nylon
Handle and latch
ZIF.7007 R7037
Part no.

Material Colour
Alternative to 6a
6b
Catalogue 2013/2014
Cover caps can be printed with
customer name/logo minimums
from 1000 pcs
** Order specification, see TIP-ON
for TANDEMBOX
* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel white (W),
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium, R9006)
- Tool-free front assembly
- 2-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
- Inner drawers either with handle or handle and
latch
White RAL 7037 light grey
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium) R9006
W R7037
Colour

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s
NL Nominal length
9
3
2
3
2
2
2
A
B
A
B
L
W
K
B
327
Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Standard cabinet
Inner drawer K
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Back installation dimensions Front drilling dimensions for
latch

Cabinet profile screw positions Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard
400
450
500
550
600
650
Nominal length NL (mm)
* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm
LW - 87 mm
LW - 75 mm
Back
116 mm
Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX plus 315
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories steel back 352
Accessories 352
Cabinet profile fixing positions 358
Assembly, removal and adjustment 360
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
Catalogue 2013/2014
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

KB Cabinet width
LW Inner cabinet width
NL Nominal length
328
Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Standard cabinet
High fronted pull-out gallery B
Space requirement
Order information
400 mm
350 mm
558.4001B01
558.3501B01

450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B


559.4501B
559.5001B
559.5501B
559.6001B
559.6501B
556.4501B
556.5001B
556.5501B
556.6001B
556.6501B
BLUMOTION *
Cabinet profiles left/right
Nominal
length NL 30 kg 50 kg 65 kg
1
400 mm
350 mm
559.4001T
559.3501T
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T
TIP-ON **
Cabinet profiles
left/right
Nominal
length NL 30/50 kg
1
400 mm
350 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
358M4002S
358M3502S
358M4502S
358M5002S
358M5502S
359M6002S
359M6502S
Drawer sides
and cover caps
left/right

Nominal
length NL W R9006
2
400 mm
350 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
ZRG.346V.IC
ZRG.296V.IC
ZRG.396V.IC
ZRG.446V.IC
ZRG.496V.IC
ZRG.546V.IC
ZRG.596V.IC
Longside gallery
rail left/right
W, R9006
Nominal
length NL
8
Steel
Back and gallery fixing left/right
Z30B000S.04 W, R9006
Part no.

Material Colour
3
Front fixing bracket
Screw-on
Knock-in
INSERTA
2 x
2 x
2 x
ZSF.3902
ZSF.3502
ZSF.3602



Fixing method Part no.
4
Catalogue 2013/2014
Cover caps can be printed with
customer name/logo minimums
from 1000 pcs
** Order specification, see TIP-ON
for TANDEMBOX
* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE
- With simple gallery
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel white (W),
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium, R9006)
- Tool-free front assembly
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
White RAL 7037 light grey
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium) R9006
W R7037
Colour
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

NL Nominal length
m
i
n

3
3
9
3
.
5
37.5
m
i
n

1
2
7
6
4
12
3
2
m
i
n

4
7
.
5
10
+ 0.2
0.1
10
+ 0.2
0.1
3
2
9
3
9
3
2
A
B
A
B
L
W
K
B
329
Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Standard cabinet
High fronted pull-out gallery B
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions for
screw-on front
Front drilling dimensions for
INSERTA/knock-in
Back installation dimensions
Cabinet profile screw positions Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
Nominal length NL (mm)
* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm
LW - 87 mm
LW - 75 mm
Back
135 mm
Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX plus 315
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Accessories steel back 352
Accessories 352
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Cabinet profile fixing positions 358
Assembly, removal and adjustment 360
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
Catalogue 2013/2014
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

KB Cabinet width
LW Inner cabinet width
NL Nominal length
FA Front overlay
330
Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Standard cabinet
Inner pull-out gallery B
Space requirement
Order information
400 mm
350 mm
558.4001B01
558.3501B01

450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B


559.4501B
559.5001B
559.5501B
559.6001B
559.6501B
556.4501B
556.5001B
556.5501B
556.6001B
556.6501B
BLUMOTION *
Cabinet profiles left/right
Nominal
length NL 30 kg 50 kg 65 kg
1
400 mm
350 mm
559.4001T
559.3501T
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T
TIP-ON **
Cabinet profiles
left/right
Nominal
length NL 30/50 kg
1
400 mm
350 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
358M4002S
358M3502S
358M4502S
358M5002S
358M5502S
359M6002S
359M6502S
Drawer sides
and cover caps
left/right

Nominal
length NL W R9006
2
400 mm
350 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
ZRG.346V.IC
ZRG.296V.IC
ZRG.396V.IC
ZRG.446V.IC
ZRG.496V.IC
ZRG.546V.IC
ZRG.596V.IC
Longside gallery
rail left/right
W, R9006
Nominal
length NL
8
Steel
Back and gallery fixing left/right
Z30B000S.04 W, R9006
Part no.

Material Colour
3
Incl. locking piece Z31A0008
Nylon
Front fixing left/right
ZIF.72B0 R7037
Part no.

Material Colour
4
Internal cabinet width LW - 87 mm
Front section
Cutting
Z31A1081A
Part no.
5
W, R9006 For cutting to size, 1081 mm
Colour Length
Catalogue 2013/2014
Cover caps can be printed with
customer name/logo minimums
from 1000 pcs
** Order specification, see TIP-ON
for TANDEMBOX
* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE
- With simple gallery
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel white (W),
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium, R9006)
- Tool-free front assembly
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
- Inner pull-out
White RAL 7037 light grey
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium) R9006
W R7037
Colour
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

NL Nominal length
m
i
n

3
3
9
3
.
5
37.5
m
i
n

1
2
7
3
2
9
3
9
3
2
A
B
A
B
L
W
K
B
331
Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Standard cabinet
Inner pull-out gallery B
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Back installation dimensions
Cabinet profile screw positions Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
Nominal length NL (mm)
* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm
LW - 87 mm
LW - 75 mm
Back
135 mm
Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX plus 315
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Accessories steel back 352
Accessories 352
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Cabinet profile fixing positions 358
Assembly, removal and adjustment 360
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
Catalogue 2013/2014
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

KB Cabinet width
LW Inner cabinet width
NL Nominal length
332
Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Standard cabinet
High fronted pull-out gallery C K drawer side
Space requirement
Order information
450 mm
400 mm
558.4501B01
558.4001B01
559.4501B 556.4501B
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
558.5001B
558.5501B


559.5001B
559.5501B
559.6001B
559.6501B
556.5001B
556.5501B
556.6001B
556.6501B
BLUMOTION *
Cabinet profiles left/right
Nominal
length NL 30 kg 50 kg 65 kg
1
450 mm
400 mm
559.4501T
559.4001T
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T
TIP-ON **
Cabinet profiles
left/right
Nominal
length NL 30/50 kg
1
450 mm
400 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
358K4502S
358K4002S
358K5002S
358K5502S
359K6002S
359K6502S
Drawer sides,
cover caps and
positioning dow-
els left/right

Nominal
length NL W R9006
2
450 mm
400 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
ZRG.396V.IC
ZRG.346V.IC
ZRG.446V.IC
ZRG.496V.IC
ZRG.546V.IC
ZRG.596V.IC
Longside gallery
rail left/right
W, R9006
Nominal
length NL
8
Steel
Back and gallery fixing left/right
Z30C000S W, R9006
Part no.

Material Colour
3
Front fixing bracket
Screw-on
Knock-in
INSERTA
2 x
2 x
2 x
ZSF.3902
ZSF.3502
ZSF.3602



Fixing method Part no.
4
Catalogue 2013/2014
Cover caps can be printed with
customer name/logo minimums
from 1000 pcs
** Order specification, see TIP-ON
for TANDEMBOX
* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE
- With simple gallery
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel white (W),
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium, R9006)
- Tool-free front assembly
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
White RAL 7037 light grey
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium) R9006
W R7037
Colour
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

NL Nominal length
m
i
n

3
3
1
2
5
.
5
37.5
m
i
n

1
5
9
6
4
12
3
2
m
i
n

4
7
.
5
3
2
10
+ 0.2
0.1
10
+ 0.2
0.1
3
2
3
2
9
3
2
3
9
A
B
A
B
L
W
K
B
333
Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Standard cabinet
High fronted pull-out gallery C K drawer side
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions for
screw-on front
Front drilling dimensions for
INSERTA/knock-in
Back installation dimensions
Cabinet profile screw positions Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard
400
450
500
550
600
650
Nominal length NL (mm)
* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm
LW - 87 mm
LW - 75 mm
Back
167 mm
Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX plus 315
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories steel back 352
Accessories 352
Cabinet profile fixing positions 358
Assembly, removal and adjustment 360
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
Catalogue 2013/2014

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s
KB Cabinet width
LW Inner cabinet width
NL Nominal length
FA Front overlay
334
Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Standard cabinet
Inner pull-out gallery C K drawer side
Space requirement
Order information
450 mm
400 mm
558.4501B01
558.4001B01
559.4501B 556.4501B
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
558.5001B
558.5501B


559.5001B
559.5501B
559.6001B
559.6501B
556.5001B
556.5501B
556.6001B
556.6501B
BLUMOTION *
Cabinet profiles left/right
Nominal
length NL 30 kg 50 kg 65 kg
1
450 mm
400 mm
559.4501T
559.4001T
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T
TIP-ON **
Cabinet profiles
left/right
Nominal
length NL 30/50 kg
1
450 mm
400 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
358K4502S
358K4002S
358K5002S
358K5502S
359K6002S
359K6502S
Drawer sides,
cover caps and
positioning dow-
els left/right

Nominal
length NL W R9006
2
450 mm
400 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
ZRG.396V.IC
ZRG.346V.IC
ZRG.446V.IC
ZRG.496V.IC
ZRG.546V.IC
ZRG.596V.IC
Longside gallery
rail left/right
W, R9006
Nominal
length NL
8
Steel
Back and gallery fixing left/right
Z30C000S W, R9006
Part no.

Material Colour
3
Incl. locking piece Z31A0008
Nylon
Front fixing left/right
ZIF.72C0 R7037
Part no.

Material Colour
4
Internal cabinet width LW - 87 mm
Front section
Cutting
Z31A1081A
Part no.
5
W, R9006 For cutting to size, 1081 mm
Colour Length
Starting with cabinet width 900 mm we recommend 2 handles
Nylon
Handle
ZIF.7008 R7037
Part no.

Material Colour
6
Internal cabinet width LW - 68 mm
Cross gallery
Cutting
ZRG.1094U
Part no.
7
W, R9006 For cutting to size, 1094 mm
Colour Length
Catalogue 2013/2014
Cover caps can be printed with
customer name/logo minimums
from 1000 pcs
** Order specification, see TIP-ON
for TANDEMBOX
* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE
- With simple gallery
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel white (W),
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium, R9006)
- Tool-free front assembly
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
- Inner pull-out with handle
White RAL 7037 light grey
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium) R9006
W R7037
Colour
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

NL Nominal length
m
i
n

3
3
1
2
5
.
5
37.5
m
i
n

1
5
9
3
2
3
2
9
3
2
3
9
A
B
A
B
L
W
K
B
335
Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Standard cabinet
Inner pull-out gallery C K drawer side
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Back installation dimensions
Cabinet profile screw positions Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard
400
450
500
550
600
650
Nominal length NL (mm)
* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm
LW - 87 mm
LW - 75 mm
Back
167 mm
Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX plus 315
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories steel back 352
Accessories 352
Cabinet profile fixing positions 358
Assembly, removal and adjustment 360
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
Catalogue 2013/2014
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

KB Cabinet width
LW Inner cabinet width
NL Nominal length
336
Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Standard cabinet
High fronted pull-out double gallery D
Space requirement
Order information
400 mm
350 mm
558.4001B01
558.3501B01

450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B


559.4501B
559.5001B
559.5501B
559.6001B
559.6501B
556.4501B
556.5001B
556.5501B
556.6001B
556.6501B
BLUMOTION *
Cabinet profiles left/right
Nominal
length NL 30 kg 50 kg 65 kg
1
400 mm
350 mm
559.4001T
559.3501T
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T
TIP-ON **
Cabinet profiles
left/right
Nominal
length NL 30/50 kg
1
400 mm
350 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
358M4002S
358M3502S
358M4502S
358M5002S
358M5502S
359M6002S
359M6502S
Drawer sides
and cover caps
left/right

Nominal
length NL W R9006
2
400 mm
350 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
ZRG.346V.IC
ZRG.296V.IC
ZRG.396V.IC
ZRG.446V.IC
ZRG.496V.IC
ZRG.546V.IC
ZRG.596V.IC
2 x
2 x
2 x
2 x
2 x
2 x
2 x
Longside gallery
rail left/right
W, R9006
Nominal
length NL
8
Steel
Back and gallery fixing left/right
Z30D000S W, R9006
Part no.

Material Colour
3
Front fixing bracket
Screw-on
Knock-in
INSERTA
2 x
2 x
2 x
ZSF.3902
ZSF.3502
ZSF.3602



Fixing method Part no.
4
Catalogue 2013/2014
Cover caps can be printed with
customer name/logo minimums
from 1000 pcs
** Order specification, see TIP-ON
for TANDEMBOX
* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE
- With double gallery
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel white (W),
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium, R9006)
- Tool-free front assembly
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
White RAL 7037 light grey
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium) R9006
W R7037
Colour
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

NL Nominal length
m
i
n

3
3
37.5
m
i
n

1
9
1
9
3
.
5
m
i
n

4
7
.
5
6
4
12
3
2
6
4
10
+ 0.2
0.1
10
+ 0.2
0.1
3
2
9
3
2
3
2
8
6
4
A
B
A
B
L
W
K
B
337
Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Standard cabinet
High fronted pull-out double gallery D
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions for
screw-on front
Front drilling dimensions for
INSERTA/knock-in
Back installation dimensions
Cabinet profile screw positions Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
Nominal length NL (mm)
* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm
LW - 87 mm
LW - 75 mm
Back
199 mm
Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX plus 315
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories steel back 352
Accessories 352
Cabinet profile fixing positions 358
Assembly, removal and adjustment 360
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
Catalogue 2013/2014
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

KB Cabinet width
LW Inner cabinet width
NL Nominal length
FA Front overlay
338
Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Standard cabinet
Inner pull-out double gallery D
Space requirement
Order information
400 mm
350 mm
558.4001B01
558.3501B01

450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
558.4501B01
558.5001B
558.5501B


559.4501B
559.5001B
559.5501B
559.6001B
559.6501B
556.4501B
556.5001B
556.5501B
556.6001B
556.6501B
BLUMOTION *
Cabinet profiles left/right
Nominal
length NL 30 kg 50 kg 65 kg
1
400 mm
350 mm
559.4001T
559.3501T
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T
TIP-ON **
Cabinet profiles
left/right
Nominal
length NL 30/50 kg
1
400 mm
350 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
358M4002S
358M3502S
358M4502S
358M5002S
358M5502S
359M6002S
359M6502S
Drawer sides
and cover caps
left/right

Nominal
length NL W R9006
2
400 mm
350 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
ZRG.346V.IC
ZRG.296V.IC
ZRG.396V.IC
ZRG.446V.IC
ZRG.496V.IC
ZRG.546V.IC
ZRG.596V.IC
2 x
2 x
2 x
2 x
2 x
2 x
2 x
Longside gallery
rail left/right
W, R9006
Nominal
length NL
8
Steel
Back and gallery fixing left/right
Z30D000S W, R9006
Part no.

Material Colour
3
Incl. locking piece Z31A0008
Nylon
Front fixing left/right
ZIF.73D0 R7037
Part no.

Material Colour
4
Internal cabinet width LW - 87 mm
Front section
Cutting
Z31A1081A
Part no.
5
W, R9006 For cutting to size, 1081 mm
Colour Length
Starting with cabinet width 900 mm we recommend 2 handles
Nylon
Handle
ZIF.7008 R7037
Part no.

Material Colour
6
Internal cabinet width LW - 68 mm
Cross gallery
Cutting
ZRG.1094U
Part no.
7
W, R9006 For cutting to size, 1094 mm
Colour Length
Catalogue 2013/2014
Cover caps can be printed with
customer name/logo minimums
from 1000 pcs
** Order specification, see TIP-ON
for TANDEMBOX
* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE
- With double gallery
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel white (W),
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium, R9006)
- Tool-free front assembly
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
- Inner pull-out with handle
White RAL 7037 light grey
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium) R9006
W R7037
Colour

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s
NL Nominal length
m
i
n

3
3
37.5
m
i
n

1
9
1
9
3
.
5
3
2
9
3
2
3
2
8
6
4
A
B
A
B
L
W
K
B
339
Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Standard cabinet
Inner pull-out double gallery D
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Back installation dimensions
Cabinet profile screw positions Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
Nominal length NL (mm)
* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm
LW - 87 mm
LW - 75 mm
Back
199 mm
Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX plus 315
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories steel back 352
Accessories 352
Cabinet profile fixing positions 358
Assembly, removal and adjustment 360
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
Catalogue 2013/2014
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

KB Cabinet width
LW Inner cabinet width
NL Nominal length
340
Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Standard cabinet
High fronted pull-out BOXSIDE D
Space requirement
Order information
500 mm
450 mm
558.5001B
558.4501B01
559.5001B
559.4501B
556.5001B
556.4501B
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
558.5501B


559.5501B
559.6001B
559.6501B
556.5501B
556.6001B
556.6501B
BLUMOTION *
Cabinet profiles left/right
Nominal
length NL 30 kg 50 kg 65 kg
1
500 mm
450 mm
559.5001T
559.4501T
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T
TIP-ON **
Cabinet profiles
left/right
Nominal
length NL 50 kg
1
500 mm
450 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
358M5002S
358M4502S
358M5502S
359M6002S
359M6502S
Drawer sides
and cover caps
left/right

Nominal
length NL W R9006
2
500 mm
450 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
ZRG.446V.IC
ZRG.396V.IC
ZRG.496V.IC
ZRG.546V.IC
ZRG.596V.IC
Longside gallery
rail left/right
W, R9006
Nominal
length NL
8
Steel
Back and gallery fixing left/right
Z30D000S W, R9006
Part no.

Material Colour
3
Front fixing bracket
Screw-on
Knock-in
INSERTA
2 x
2 x
2 x
ZSF.3902
ZSF.3502
ZSF.3602



Fixing method Part no.
4

450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
Z37H418S.E
Z37H468S.E
Z37H518S.E
Z37H568S.E
Z37H618S.E
Double-wall BOXSIDE left/right
Nominal
length NL W R9006
9
Catalogue 2013/2014
Cover caps can be printed with
customer name/logo minimums
from 1000 pcs
** Order specification, see TIP-ON
for TANDEMBOX
* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE
- With double walled BOXSIDE
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel white (W),
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium, R9006)
- Tool-free front assembly
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
White RAL 7037 light grey
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium) R9006
W R7037
Colour
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

NL Nominal length
m
i
n

3
3
9
3
.
5
37.5
m
i
n

1
9
1
m
i
n

4
7
.
5
12
3
2
1
2
8
10
+ 0.2
0.1
10
+ 0.2
0.1
3
2
9
3
2
3
2
8
6
4
A
B
A
B
L
W
K
B
341
Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Standard cabinet
High fronted pull-out BOXSIDE D
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions for
screw-on front
Front drilling dimensions for
INSERTA/knock-in
Back installation dimensions
Cabinet profile screw positions Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard
450
500
550
600
650
Nominal length NL (mm)
* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm
LW - 87 mm
LW - 75 mm
Back
199 mm
Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX plus 315
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories steel back 352
Accessories 352
Cabinet profile fixing positions 358
Assembly, removal and adjustment 360
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
Catalogue 2013/2014
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

KB Cabinet width
LW Inner cabinet width
NL Nominal length
FA Front overlay
342
Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Standard cabinet
Inner pull-out BOXSIDE D
Space requirement
Order information
500 mm
450 mm
558.5001B
558.4501B01
559.5001B
559.4501B
556.5001B
556.4501B
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
558.5501B


559.5501B
559.6001B
559.6501B
556.5501B
556.6001B
556.6501B
BLUMOTION *
Cabinet profiles left/right
Nominal
length NL 30 kg 50 kg 65 kg
1
500 mm
450 mm
559.5001T
559.4501T
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T
TIP-ON **
Cabinet profiles
left/right
Nominal
length NL 50 kg
1
500 mm
450 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
358M5002S
358M4502S
358M5502S
359M6002S
359M6502S
Drawer sides
and cover caps
left/right

Nominal
length NL W R9006
2
500 mm
450 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
ZRG.446V.IC
ZRG.396V.IC
ZRG.496V.IC
ZRG.546V.IC
ZRG.596V.IC
Longside gallery
rail left/right
W, R9006
Nominal
length NL
8
Steel
Back and gallery fixing left/right
Z30D000S W, R9006
Part no.

Material Colour
3
Incl. locking piece Z31A0008
Nylon
Front fixing left/right
ZIF.73D0 R7037
Part no.

Material Colour
4
Internal cabinet width LW - 87 mm
Front section
Cutting
Z31A1081A
Part no.
5
W, R9006 For cutting to size, 1081 mm
Colour Length
Starting with cabinet width 900 mm we recommend 2 handles
Nylon
Handle
ZIF.7008 R7037
Part no.

Material Colour
6
Internal cabinet width LW - 68 mm
Cross gallery
Cutting
ZRG.1094U
Part no.
7
W, R9006 For cutting to size, 1094 mm
Colour Length

450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
Z37H418S.E
Z37H468S.E
Z37H518S.E
Z37H568S.E
Z37H618S.E
Double-wall BOXSIDE left/right
Nominal
length NL W R9006
9
Catalogue 2013/2014
Cover caps can be printed with
customer name/logo minimums
from 1000 pcs
** Order specification, see TIP-ON
for TANDEMBOX
* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE
- With double walled BOXSIDE
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel white (W),
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium, R9006)
- Tool-free front assembly
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
- Inner pull-out with handle
White RAL 7037 light grey
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium) R9006
W R7037
Colour
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

NL Nominal length
m
i
n

3
3
9
3
.
5
37.5
m
i
n

1
9
1
3
2
9
3
2
3
2
8
6
4
A
B
A
B
L
W
K
B
343
Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Standard cabinet
Inner pull-out BOXSIDE D
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Back installation dimensions
Cabinet profile screw positions Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard
450
500
550
600
650
Nominal length NL (mm)
* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm
LW - 87 mm
LW - 75 mm
Back
199 mm
Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Steel back
NL - 22 mm
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX plus 315
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories steel back 352
Accessories 352
Cabinet profile fixing positions 358
Assembly, removal and adjustment 360
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
Catalogue 2013/2014
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

KB Cabinet width
LW Inner cabinet width
NL Nominal length
344
Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Corner cabinet
SPACE CORNER with SYNCROMOTION
Order information
Drawer Colour
W White
R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
Drawer M
High fronted pull-out Colour
W White
R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
High fronted pull-out BOXSIDE D
Planning
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX plus 315
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories 352
Cabinet profile fixing positions 358
Assembly, removal and adjustment 363
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s
Please use our DYNALOG ordering software for all your ordering needs!
Please use our DYNALOG (DYNAPLAN) planning software for all your planning needs.
Catalogue 2013/2014
- Inspiring opening and closing function with
SYNCROMOTION
- Use of standard fronts
- High fronted pull-out with BOXSIDE
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel white (W),
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium, R9006)
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action
345
Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Corner cabinet
SPACE CORNER with rigid fronts
Order information
Drawer Colour
W White
R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
Drawer M
High fronted pull-out Colour
W White
R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
High fronted pull-out BOXSIDE D
Planning
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX plus 315
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories 352
Cabinet profile fixing positions 358
Assembly, removal and adjustment 365
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s
Please use our DYNALOG (DYNAPLAN) ordering software for all your ordering needs!
Please use our DYNALOG (DYNAPLAN) planning software for all your planning needs.
Catalogue 2013/2014
- Using special fronts
- High fronted pull-out with BOXSIDE
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel white (W),
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium, R9006)
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
346
Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Sink cabinet
Drawer M
Space requirement
Order information
500 mm
450 mm
558.5001B
558.4501B01

550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
558.5501B



559.6001B
559.6501B
BLUMOTION *
Cabinet profiles left/right
Nominal
length NL 30 kg 50 kg
1
500 mm
450 mm
559.5001T
559.4501T
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T
TIP-ON **
Cabinet profiles
left/right
Nominal
length NL 50 kg
1
500 mm
450 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
358M5002S
358M4502S
358M5502S
359M6002S
359M6502S
2 x
2 x
2 x
2 x
2 x
Drawer sides
and cover caps
left/right

Nominal
length NL W R9006
2
Steel
Back fixing left/right
Z30M000S.04 W, R9006 2 x
Part no.

Material Colour
3
Front fixing bracket
Screw-on
Knock-in
INSERTA
4 x
4 x
4 x
ZSF.3902
ZSF.3502
ZSF.3602



Fixing method Part no.
4
Catalogue 2013/2014
Cover caps can be printed with
customer name/logo minimums
from 1000 pcs
** Order specification, see TIP-ON
for TANDEMBOX
* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel white (W),
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium, R9006)
- 2-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
White RAL 7037 light grey
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium) R9006
W R7037
Colour
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

NL Nominal length
m
i
n

3
3
9
3
.
5
37.5
m
i
n

6
3
.
5
m
i
n

4
7
.
5
12
3
2
10
+ 0.2
0.1
10
+ 0.2
0.1
10
+ 0.2
0.1
10
+ 0.2
0.1
Y + 44
9
2
0
3
2
347
Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Sink cabinet
Drawer M
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions for
screw-on front
Front drilling dimensions for
INSERTA/knock-in
Back installation dimensions
Cabinet profile screw positions
Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard
450
500
550
600
650
Nominal length NL (mm)
* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm

= 48 mm
= 127 mm
Back
84 mm
Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Y max.
Y min.
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX plus 315
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories 352
Cabinet profile fixing positions 358
Assembly, removal and adjustment 360
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
Catalogue 2013/2014
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

FA Front overlay
KB Cabinet width
LW Inner cabinet width
NL Nominal length
SPW Internal width between
sink drawer sides
348
Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Sink cabinet
High fronted pull-out BOXSIDE D
Space requirement
Order information
500 mm
450 mm
558.5001B
558.4501B01

550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
558.5501B



559.6001B
559.6501B
BLUMOTION *
Cabinet profiles left/right
Nominal
length NL 30 kg 50 kg
1
500 mm
450 mm
559.5001T
559.4501T
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T
TIP-ON **
Cabinet profiles
left/right
Nominal
length NL 50 kg
1
500 mm
450 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
358M5002S
358M4502S
358M5502S
359M6002S
359M6502S
Drawer sides
and cover caps
left/right

Nominal
length NL W R9006
2
500 mm
450 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
358M5004SG
358M4504SG
358M5504SG
358M6004SG
358M6504SG
Sink drawer side
left/right

Nominal
length NL W R9006
11
500 mm
450 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
Z37H468S.E
Z37H418S.E
Z37H518S.E
Z37H568S.E
Z37H618S.E
2 x
2 x
2 x
2 x
2 x
Double-wall
BOXSIDE left/
right

Nominal
length NL W R9006
9
500 mm
450 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
ZRG.446V.IC
ZRG.396V.IC
ZRG.496V.IC
ZRG.546V.IC
ZRG.596V.IC
2 x
2 x
2 x
2 x
2 x
Longside gallery
rail left/right
W, R9006
Nominal
length NL
8
Steel
Back and gallery fixing left/right
Z30D000S W, R9006 2 x
Part no.

Material Colour
3
Front fixing bracket
Screw-on
Knock-in
INSERTA
2 x
2 x
2 x
ZSF.3902
ZSF.3502
ZSF.3602



Fixing method Part no.
4
Steel
Back fixing left/right
Z30N000S.04 W, R9006
Part no.

Material Colour
12
Nylon
Adapter left/right
Z30N0002.6Z R7037
Part no.

Material Colour
13
Catalogue 2013/2014
Cover caps can be printed with
customer name/logo minimums
from 1000 pcs
** Order specification, see TIP-ON
for TANDEMBOX
* Suitable for SERVO-DRIVE
- With sink drawer side and divider for optimal
storage space utilisation
- With double walled BOXSIDE
- Concealed, guided full extension
- TANDEM inside unsurpassed running action
for the lifetime of the furniture
- Drawer sides made from steel white (W),
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium, R9006)
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
White RAL 7037 light grey
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium) R9006
W R7037
Colour
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

NL Nominal length
m
i
n

3
3
9
3
.
5
37.5
m
i
n

1
9
1
3
2
9
3
2
3
2
8
6
4
349
Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Sink cabinet
High fronted pull-out BOXSIDE D
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions for
screw-on front
Front drilling dimensions for
INSERTA/knock-in
Back installation dimensions
Cabinet profile screw positions Divider dimensions
Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard
450
500
550
600
650
Nominal length NL (mm)
* Only for 558.4501B01 (30 kg)
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm
53 mm

= 48 mm
= 225 mm
Back
199 mm
Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm
Divider
Y max.
Y min.
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX plus 315
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
Accessories 352
Cabinet profile fixing positions 358
Assembly, removal and adjustment 360
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
Catalogue 2013/2014
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

KB Cabinet width
LW Inner cabinet width
NL Nominal length
SPW Internal width between
sink drawer sides
FA Front overlay
350
Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Larder unit
SPACE TOWER
Order information
Inner pull-out
Application recommendation
342 338
574
Inner pull-out
ORGA-LINE

Front

110
CLIP top 155 hinge
Page instructions
Overview TANDEMBOX plus 315
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
407
Overview ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
561
CLIP top 155 hinge 110
Accessories BLUMOTION for doors 182
Accessories 352
Assembly, removal and adjustment 360
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s
Catalogue 2013/2014
Recommended cabinet widths: 450 - 600 mm
- The larder unit is equipped with inner drawers,
with shelves in the upper section
- Enough space and plenty of stability, even for
large and bulky items
- ORGA-LINE inner dividing systems for pull-
outs puts everything in order and allows easy
access
- Up to 55 % more storage space through the
use of higher back and side walls
- Allows access from all sides
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
- Or with an integrated TIP-ON function for
handle-less fronts
351
Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Larder unit
SPACE TOWER
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Front drilling dimensions
Number of Hinges 692
Page instructions

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s
Please use our DYNALOG (DYNAPLAN) planning software for all your
planning needs.
Catalogue 2013/2014
All dimensions are aligned with the 32 mm system.
1st system drilling used for cabinet base 16 mm and bottom gap = 0 mm.
352
Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Accessories
Steel back
N height
M height
K height
B height
C height
D height
Z30NxxxS.6
Z30MxxxS.6
Z30KxxxS.6
Z30BxxxS.6
Z30CxxxS.6
Z30DxxxS.6
Part no. Back height

Planning
Calculation of width
Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard
NL - 22 mm
LW - 75 mm
Base
Side stabilisation top mounted
Cutting
1 Internal cabinet width LW - 86 mm
ZST.450BA
ZST.500BA
ZST.550BA
ZST.600BA
ZST.650BA
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm





Nominal length NL Part no.
Fixing for side stabilisation 359
Page instructions
Planning
Space requirement in
cabinet
Space requirement in
cabinet
Space requirement in
cabinet
Space requirement in
cabinet
Assembly
- Additional stabilisation for extra wide high fronted
pull-outs
- Recommendation: cabinet width 900 to 1200 mm
- Aluminium rod suitable for KB 1200 mm, for cut-
ting to size
- Suitable for use with SERVO-DRIVE
- For TANDEMBOX
- Material: steel
- Colour: white, RAL 9006 grey
Catalogue 2013/2014
xxx Back width
Example:
Internal cabinet width 567 mm - 28 mm = back width 539 mm
Order: Z30M539S.6 in white
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

NL Nominal length
LW Inner cabinet width
1
3
9
.
5
3
2
6
4
6
4
m
i
n

4
7
.
5
X
(min 55)
32
12
64
10
+ 0.2
0.1
10
+ 0.2
0.1
min
10
1
2
3
353
Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Accessories
Side stabilisation installed at the back
Cutting
1 Internal cabinet width LW - 86 mm
ZST.450BB
ZST.500BB
ZST.550BB
ZST.600BB
ZST.650BB
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm





Nominal length NL Part no.
Fixing for side stabilisation 359
Page instructions
Planning
Space requirement in
cabinet
Space requirement in
cabinet
Space requirement in
cabinet
Space requirement in
cabinet
Assembly

Front stabilisation
Front stabilisation Z96.10E1
Part no.
Planning
Space requirement in
cabinet
Front drilling dimensions
- Additional stabilisation for extra wide high
fronted pull-outs
- Recommendation: cabinet width 900 to
1200 mm
- Aluminium rod suitable for KB 1200 mm, for
cutting to size
Catalogue 2013/2014
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

- For stabilising wide and high fronts
- Reinforces the connection between the drawer
side and the front
- Material: nylon, RAL 7037 light grey
37.5
m
i
n

3
3
m
i
n

2
6
0
9
3
.
5
3
2
min 36 12
3
2
1
6
0
6
4
m
i
n

4
7
.
5
10
+ 0.2
0.1
1
2
3
4
1 2
329
A4
A4
3
1
2
5
4
354
Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Accessories
METAFILE file drawer
METAFILE ZRM.5500
Part no.
High fronted pull-out gallery B 328
Page instructions
Planning
Space requirement in
cabinet
Installation dimensions
for screw-on front
Front drilling dimensions Back installation dimen-
sions

Assembly
DIN-A4 cutting dimensions across DIN-A4 cutting dimensions lengthwise
Min. nominal length = 450 mm
[1] Nominal length - 35 mm
[2] 305 mm
[3] Nominal length - 414 mm
[4] Internal cabinet width - 115 mm
[5] Internal cabinet width - 138 mm
Min. internal cabinet width =
432 mm
[1] Nominal length - 35 mm
[2] Nominal length - 61 mm
Catalogue 2013/2014
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

- For tilt adjustment, high fronted pull-out, height
B with gallery
- Nominal length 350 to 550 mm
- Cabinet width 300 up to 600 mm
- Material: nylon/steel
- Colour: RAL 7037 light grey
FA Front overlay
3.5
X
7
6
X
8
6
X
7
355
Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Accessories
Chipboard screws 3.5 mm
609.1500
609.1700
15 mm
17 mm


Length (X) Part no.
System screws 6.0 mm
661.1000.HG
661.1150.HG
661.1300.HG
661.1450.HG
661.2000.HG
10 mm
11.5 mm
13 mm
14.5 mm
20 mm





Length (X) Part no.
Special system screws 6.0 mm
662.1150.HG
662.1300.HG
662.1450.HG
11.5 mm
13 mm
14.5 mm



Length (X) Part no.
Centre bit

Centre bit
Replacement bit
M01.ZZ03
M01.ZZB3
Part no.
Stick-on door buffer
Stick-on door buffer 993.710
Part no.
8 mm door buffer
8 mm door buffer 993.706
Part no.
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

Catalogue 2013/2014
- 2.7 mm, length 70 mm
- To pre-drill for 3.5 mm chipboard screws
- Drilling depth up to 8 mm
- Material: steel, hardened
- 3.5 mm
- Material: steel, nickel plated
- 6 mm
- Drilling diameter 5 mm
- Material: steel, nickel plated
- 6 mm
- Drilling diameter 5 mm
- Material: steel, nickel plated
- For noise reduction
- Gap 2 mm
- Two-part
- Material: nylon, RAL 9006 white aluminium
- For noise reduction
- Material: nylon, natural coloured
356
Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Accessories
Pozidrive screwdriver
Pozidrive screwdriver 303.756.1
Part no.
Slotted screwdriver
Slotted screwdriver 314.928.1
Part no.
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

Catalogue 2013/2014
- PZ (Pozi) size 2
- Blade length 100 mm
- Overall length 200 mm
- Orange handle with Blum logo
- Material: nylon/steel, black/orange
- Slotted, size 1.0 x 5.5 mm
- Blade length 125 mm
- Overall length 225 mm
- Orange handle with Blum logo
- Material: nylon/steel, black/orange
357
Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

Catalogue 2013/2014
500 - 550
450
270
A
B
300 - 350
*
*
*
*
*
450
600
650
500 - 550
*
*
*
*
358
Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Cabinet profile 558B 30 kg Cabinet profile 559B 50 kg
Cabinet profile 556B 65 kg Cabinet profile 559T 20/30/50 kg
Catalogue 2013/2014
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

Fixing onto cabinet
A Chipboard screws 4 x 15 mm
B Chipboard screws, part no. 661.1450.HG
Fixing onto cabinet
A Chipboard screws 4 x 15 mm
B Chipboard screws, part no. 661.1450.HG
* Optional
Fixing onto cabinet
A Chipboard screws 4 x 15 mm
B Chipboard screws, part no. 661.1450.HG
* Optional
Fixing onto cabinet
A Chipboard screws 4 x 15 mm
B Chipboard screws, part no. 661.1450.HG
* Optional
359
Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Side stabilisation top mounted
450
500
550
600
650
Nominal length NL (mm)
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm
Side stabilisation installed at the back
450
500
550
600
650
Nominal length NL (mm)
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 13 mm

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s
Catalogue 2013/2014
1 1
2
1 2
1
360
Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Drawer
Drawer
Adjustment
Drawer insertion and removal

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

Height adjustment
2 mm
Tilt adjustment Side adjustment
To the right 1 mm
Side adjustment
To the left 1 mm
Assembly
Assembly
Removal
Insertion Removal
Catalogue 2013/2014
1
2
3
ca. 30
ca. 30
180
3
1
3 2
361
Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Inner drawer, height M and K ZIF.70M0
Handle ZIF.7005; handle and latch ZIF.7007
Handle ZIF.7005; handle and latch ZIF.7007
High fronted pull-out
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

Assembly
Front assembly Back assembly Front removal Back removal
Catalogue 2013/2014
30 mm dimension can be reduced if
ZIF.7005 handle is utilised
Latch is activated
Attached to the centre on the latch
Released when latch is activated Activate or deactivate latch
1
1
2
4
5
3
6
3
4
1
2
9
6
3
4
1
2 5
7
6
8
11
9
10
362
Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Double-wall BOXSIDE Z37H Locking piece Z31A0008
Inner pull-out, height B and C with gallery ZIF.72B0
Inner pull-out, height D with double gallery ZIF.73D0
Inner pull-out, height D with double walled BOXSIDE ZIF.73D0
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

Assembly Removal
Catalogue 2013/2014
Starting with cabinet width KB
600 mm
363
Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Assembly, removal and adjustment
SPACE CORNER with SYNCROMOTION
SPACE CORNER with SYNCROMOTION
SPACE CORNER with SYNCROMOTION
SPACE CORNER with SYNCROMOTION
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

Front assembly
BLUMOTION assembly
Catalogue 2013/2014
Connecting link assembly Syncro front bracket assembly Corner front piece assembly
Connecting piece assembly
Front fixing Syncro/Roll assembly Fold ratchet lever
364
Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Adjustment
Adjustment

Adjustment
Adjustment

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

Height adjustment
Tilt adjustment
Side adjustment
Spring force adjustment
Catalogue 2013/2014
2
1
2
1
1
365
Box systems
TANDEMBOX plus
Assembly, removal and adjustment
SPACE CORNER with rigid fronts
SPACE CORNER with rigid fronts
Sink cabinet
Sink cabinet

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

Catalogue 2013/2014
Drawer
High fronted pull-out
366
Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

Application
- No fixed connection to the drive
system
- Can be used without having to
change TANDEMBOX pull-outs
Whether its the base or wall cabinet a single system moves handle-less
pull-outs and lift systems as if by themselves. The individual cabling com-
ponents are the same. One transformer is all thats required for power
supply to the entire kitchen
Drawers and high fronted pull-outs open as if
by themselves using an electrical drive with
just a light touch on a handle-less front or a
light pull of the handle. Regardless of where
& how the front is touched, the pull-out will
open allowing full freedom of movement in
any living area.
Thanks to the addition of BLUMOTION for
silent and effortless closing action, we have
reached new levels of quality of motion, open-
ing up new design possibilities.
More design freedom thanks to the electrical opening support system
Catalogue 2013/2014
Assembly/Processing
- Tool-free assembly
- Simple cabling
- Separate drilling template
With hand, foot, knee or hip: opening is that easy
367
Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Overview
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Applications
Standard cabinet 368
SPACE TOWER 374
SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions 380
SERVO-DRIVE uno for top mount waste bin solutions 382
Sink cabinet 384

Applications
Cabinet with pull-out element bracket profile horizontal
388
Cabinet with pull-out element upper attachment bracket
392

Accessories
COMBOX 396
Synchronisation cable 396
Cable holder 397
Front stabilisation 397

Assembly, removal and adjustment
Blum distance bumper 398
Bracket profile cable 398
Drive unit bracket profile 398
Bracket profile 398
Attachment bracket 398
Drive unit attachment bracket 399
Bracket profile adapter 399
Upper attachment bracket 399
Assembly Blum transformer 72 W 400
Assembly cabling Blum transformer 72 W 401
Assembly and adjustment 403
Removal 404

Pictograph
Info box

Item Available Upon Request
General Information
Accessories
SERVO-DRIVE
Sink cabinet
Larder unit
Planning
Cutting
Assembly
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Catalogue 2013/2014
Take advantage of DYNALOG limited included free on the DVD.
DYNAPLAN cabinet planning incl. a collision check and fittings selection
DYNACAT electronic product catalogue and CAD data export (dxf, dwg, igs, sat, wrl, x_t, jpg)
DYNASHOP shopping basket and ordering function
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

Symbol image
Symbol image
Symbol image

368
Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Applications
Standard cabinet
Order information
Front height 300 mm and higher use 4 pcs.
Up to front height 300 mm use 2 pcs.
Blum distance bumper
5 mm
8 mm 993.0830.01
993.0530
Diameter Part no.
1
Use 4 pcs. for 65 kg-runner
Bracket profile
Length
700 mm
710 mm
650 mm Z10T650AA
Z10T700AA
Z10T710AA



800 mm
For cutting to size, 1170 mm
750 mm Z10T750AA
Z10T800AA
Z10T1170A


Part no.
2
Material Cable
Aluminium
Aluminium
Aluminium
Aluminium
Aluminium
Aluminium
With
With
With
With
With
Without
Nylon
Bracket profile attachment top/bottom
Z10D01E0.01 RAL 7037 light grey
Part no.

Material Colour
Cross bar construction horizontal
3a
Incl. bracket profile cover cap
Nylon
Bracket profile attachment lower/back
Z10D01EA.01 RAL 7037 light grey
Part no.

Material Colour
Vertical cross member alternative to 3a
3b
For cabinet width KB 275 - 320 mm in combination with a
chipboard back
Nylon
Trigger guidance for chipboard back
Z10A3H00 RAL 7037 light grey
Part no.

Material Colour
10
Catalogue 2013/2014
- Electrical opening support system in conjunc-
tion with BLUMOTION for silent and effort-
less closing action
- With vertical bracket profile
- No fixed connection to the drive system
- Pull-outs can be used unchanged
- Tool-free assembly
- Simple cabling
- Shallow installation depth
Nylon
Drive unit
Z10A3000.02 RAL 7037 light grey
Part no.

Material Colour
9

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s
369
Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Applications
Standard cabinet
Order information
Can be used as a distribution, bracket profile and communica-
tions cable
Distribution cable
Cable end protector
1 x
5 x
Composed of:
Distribution cable and cable end protector
Length Part no.
For cutting to size, 8 m Z10K800AE
11a
11b
11
Connecting node
Cable end protector
1 x
2 x
Composed of:
Connecting node and cable end protector
Part no.
Z10V100E.01
12a
11b
12
Nylon Black
Material Colour
Blum transformer
Language
Including instruction leaflet and installation instructions
Without flex
DA, EN, FI, NO, SV
EN, EL, HR, SR, SL, TR
DE, EN, FR, IT, NL Z10NE020A
Z10NE020B
Z10NE020C



PL, SK, CS, HU
BG, ET, LV, LT, RO, RU
EN, FR, IT, ES, PT Z10NE020D
Z10NE020E
Z10NE020F



ZH, EN
EN (US, CA), FR, ES Z10NE020G
Z10NE020H
Part no.
13
Performance 72 W
For Blum transformer 72 W
Nylon
Transformer unit housing
Z10NG120 White grey
Part no.

Material Colour
15b
Panel fixing alternative to 15a
Accessories
Synchronisation cable
Length
120 cm
50 cm
160 cm Z10K160S
Z10K120S
Z10K050S



8 cm Z10K008S
Two drive units that need to open simultaneously must be con-
nected via the synchronisation cable
Part no.
18
For example, for securing the distribution cable
Nylon
Cable holder
Z10K0009 White
Part no.

Material Colour
19
Page instructions
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TANDEMBOX intivo 223
Overview TANDEMBOX antaro 263
Overview TANDEMBOX plus 315
Planning horizontal cross member 370
Planning vertical cross member 372
Accessories 396
Assembly 398
Assembly Blum distance bumper 398
Assembly Blum transformer 72 W 400
Cabling 401
Adjustment 403
Removal 404
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
Language descriptions as per ISO-639
Catalogue 2013/2014

Z10M200E
Z10M200U
Z10M200S
Z10M200B
Z10M200I
Z10M200N
Z10M200H
Z10M200T
Z10M200E.OS
CH
US, CA
Europe Z10M200C
BR BR
JP Z10M200J
Z10M200S.01
DK
IL
UK Z10M200D
CN AR
AU Z10M200K
Z10M200A
CL
TW
IN Z10M200L
Europe, without plug
ZA Z10M200Z
Flex 14
Part no. Part no. Countries Countries
For Blum transformer 72 W
With cover
Nylon
Transformer unit housing
Z10NG000 RAL 7037 light grey
Part no.

Material Colour
15a
Base fixing
Nylon
Front stabilisation
Z96.10E1 RAL 7037 light grey
Part no.

Material Colour
20

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s
370
Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Applications
Standard cabinet
Planning horizontal cross member
Cabinet dimensions
Drilling distance base/cross bar
Drilling position and space requirement for all applications
Drilling position and min. space requirement
Steel back
Back X (mm)
NL + 2
Chipboard back NL + 19
Y (mm)
Min. LT = NL + 16
Min. LT = NL + 33
Steel back
Back X (mm)
NL - 1
Chipboard back NL + 16
Y (mm)
Min. LT = NL + 13
Min. LT = NL + 30
Cabinet width KB starting at 420 mm Cabinet width KB 320 - 420 mm
Steel back height N
Catalogue 2013/2014
Using this assembly position for the bracket profile, both inner pull-out
elements as well as those with overlay fronts can be opened by pushing
and pulling.
SERVO-DRIVE can also be used if there is less space available. At the
assembly position for the bracket profile, inner pull-out elements can only
be opened by pulling (not by pushing).
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

KB Cabinet width
LW Inner cabinet width
LT Internal cabinet depth
Cabinet width KB 275 - 420 mm
NL Nominal length
X Drilling position
Y Min. space requirement
371
Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Applications
Standard cabinet
Planning horizontal cross member
Drilling pattern base
Lower cabling Back cabling
Front assembly position of Blum distance
bumper
Page instructions
Assembly 398
Assembly Blum distance bumper 398
Assembly Blum transformer 72 W 400
Cabling 401
Bracket profile cutting dimensions Position drive unit

> 320 mm
48.5
48.5
27.5
< 320 mm
48.5
27.5 55.5
27.5
35.0
Cabinet width KB
Steel back
Chipboard back
Y (mm) X (mm) Y (mm) X (mm) Back height N
Back height N
Catalogue 2013/2014
Alternative drilling pattern for PRO-CENTER
and MINIPRESS
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

The Blum distance bumper creates and main-
tains the required trigger path of 2 mm. When
using an 65 kg runner, always attach 4 Blum dis-
tance bumpers. For optimal trigger function for
front height FH > 300 mm, use front stabilisation
FA Front overlay
FH Front height
All back heights except height N
LH Internal cabinet height
PL Bracket profile length
KB Cabinet width
LH Internal cabinet height
PL Bracket profile length
372
Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Applications
Standard cabinet
Planning vertical cross member
Cabinet dimensions
Drilling distance base/cross bar
Drilling position and space requirement for all applications
Drilling position and min. space requirement
Steel back
Back X (mm)
NL + 2
Chipboard back NL + 19
Y (mm)
LT = NL + 17
LT = NL + 34
Steel back
Back X (mm)
NL - 1
Chipboard back NL + 16
Y (mm)
LT = NL + 14
LT = NL + 31
Cabinet width KB starting at 420 mm Cabinet width KB 320 - 420 mm
Steel back height N
Catalogue 2013/2014
Using this assembly position for the bracket profile, both inner pull-out
elements as well as those with overlay fronts can be opened by pushing
and pulling.
SERVO-DRIVE can also be used if there is less space available. At the
assembly position for the bracket profile, inner pull-out elements can only
be opened by pulling (not by pushing).
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

KB Cabinet width
LW Inner cabinet width
LT Internal cabinet depth
Cabinet width KB 275 - 420 mm
NL Nominal length
X Drilling position
Y Min. space requirement
373
Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Applications
Standard cabinet
Planning vertical cross member
Drilling pattern base
Lower cabling Back cabling
Front assembly position of Blum distance
bumper
Page instructions
Assembly 398
Assembly Blum distance bumper 398
Assembly Blum transformer 72 W 400
Cabling 401
Bracket profile cutting dimensions Position drive unit

> 320 mm
48.5
48.5
27.5
< 320 mm
48.5
27.5 55.5
27.5
35.0
Cabinet width KB
Steel back
Chipboard back
Y (mm) X (mm) Y (mm) X (mm) Back height N
Back height N
Catalogue 2013/2014
Alternative drilling pattern for PRO-CENTER
and MINIPRESS
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

The Blum distance bumper creates and main-
tains the required trigger path of 2 mm. When
using an 65 kg runner, always attach 4 Blum dis-
tance bumpers. For optimal trigger function for
front height FH > 300 mm, use front stabilisation
FA Front overlay
FH Front height
All back heights except height N
LH Internal cabinet height
PL Bracket profile length
KB Cabinet width
LH Internal cabinet height
PL Bracket profile length

374
Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Applications
SPACE TOWER
Order information
Bracket profile
Length
700 mm
710 mm
650 mm Z10T650AA
Z10T700AA
Z10T710AA



800 mm
For cutting to size, 1170 mm
750 mm Z10T750AA
Z10T800AA
Z10T1170A


Part no.
2
Material Cable
Aluminium
Aluminium
Aluminium
Aluminium
Aluminium
Aluminium
With
With
With
With
With
Without
Nylon
Bracket profile attachment top/bottom
Z10D01E0.01 RAL 7037 light grey
Part no.

Material Colour
Cross bar construction horizontal
3a
Incl. bracket profile cover cap
Nylon
Bracket profile attachment lower/back
Z10D01EA.01 RAL 7037 light grey
Part no.

Material Colour
Vertical cross member alternative to 3a
3b
Can be used as a distribution, bracket profile and communica-
tions cable
Distribution cable
Cable end protector
1 x
5 x
Composed of:
Distribution cable and cable end protector
Length Part no.
For cutting to size, 8 m Z10K800AE
11a
11b
11
Connecting node
Cable end protector
1 x
2 x
Composed of:
Connecting node and cable end protector
Part no.
Z10V100E.01
12a
11b
12
Nylon Black
Material Colour
Catalogue 2013/2014
- Electrical opening support system in conjunc-
tion with BLUMOTION for silent and effort-
less closing action
- With vertical bracket profile
- No fixed connection to the drive system
- Pull-outs can be used unchanged
- Tool-free assembly
- Simple cabling
- Shallow installation depth
Nylon
Drive unit
Z10A3000.02 RAL 7037 light grey
Part no.

Material Colour
9

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s
375
Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Applications
SPACE TOWER
Order information
Blum transformer
Language
Including instruction leaflet and installation instructions
Without flex
DA, EN, FI, NO, SV
EN, EL, HR, SR, SL, TR
DE, EN, FR, IT, NL Z10NE020A
Z10NE020B
Z10NE020C



PL, SK, CS, HU
BG, ET, LV, LT, RO, RU
EN, FR, IT, ES, PT Z10NE020D
Z10NE020E
Z10NE020F



ZH, EN
EN (US, CA), FR, ES Z10NE020G
Z10NE020H
Part no.
13
Performance 72 W
For Blum transformer 72 W
Nylon
Transformer unit housing
Z10NG120 White grey
Part no.

Material Colour
15b
Panel fixing alternative to 15a
Accessories
For example, for securing the distribution cable
Nylon
Cable holder
Z10K0009 White
Part no.

Material Colour
19
Page instructions
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TANDEMBOX intivo 223
Overview TANDEMBOX antaro 263
Overview TANDEMBOX plus 315
Planning 376
Accessories 396
Assembly 398
Assembly Blum distance bumper 398
Assembly Blum transformer 72 W 400
Cabling 401
Adjustment 403
Removal 404
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
Language descriptions as per ISO-639
Catalogue 2013/2014

Z10M200E
Z10M200U
Z10M200S
Z10M200B
Z10M200I
Z10M200N
Z10M200H
Z10M200T
Z10M200E.OS
CH
US, CA
Europe Z10M200C
BR BR
JP Z10M200J
Z10M200S.01
DK
IL
UK Z10M200D
CN AR
AU Z10M200K
Z10M200A
CL
TW
IN Z10M200L
Europe, without plug
ZA Z10M200Z
Flex 14
Part no. Part no. Countries Countries
For Blum transformer 72 W
With cover
Nylon
Transformer unit housing
Z10NG000 RAL 7037 light grey
Part no.

Material Colour
15a
Base fixing
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

376
Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Applications
SPACE TOWER
Planning bracket profile top
Cabinet dimensions
Drilling distance base/cross bar
Drilling position and space requirement for all applications
Drilling position and min. space requirement
Steel back
Back X (mm)
NL + 2
Chipboard back NL + 19
Y (mm)
LT = NL + 17
LT = NL + 34
Steel back
Back X (mm)
NL - 1
Chipboard back NL + 16
Y (mm)
LT = NL + 14
LT = NL + 31
Cabinet width KB starting at 420 mm
Catalogue 2013/2014
Using this assembly position for the bracket profile, both inner pull-out
elements as well as those with overlay fronts can be opened by pushing
and pulling.
SERVO-DRIVE can also be used if there is less space available. At the
assembly position for the bracket profile, inner pull-out elements can only
be opened by pulling (not by pushing).
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

KB Cabinet width
LW Inner cabinet width
LT Internal cabinet depth
Cabinet width KB 275 - 420 mm
NL Nominal length
X Drilling position
Y Min. space requirement
377
Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Applications
SPACE TOWER
Planning bracket profile bottom
Cabinet dimensions
Drilling distance base/cross bar
Drilling position and space requirement for all applications
Drilling position and min. space requirement
Steel back
Back X (mm)
NL + 2
Chipboard back NL + 19
Y (mm)
Min. LT = NL + 16
Min. LT = NL + 33
Steel back
Back X (mm)
NL - 1
Chipboard back NL + 16
Y (mm)
Min. LT = NL + 13
Min. LT = NL + 30
Cabinet width KB starting at 420 mm
Catalogue 2013/2014
Using this assembly position for the bracket profile, both inner pull-out
elements as well as those with overlay fronts can be opened by pushing
and pulling.
SERVO-DRIVE can also be used if there is less space available. At the
assembly position for the bracket profile, inner pull-out elements can only
be opened by pulling (not by pushing).
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

KB Cabinet width
LW Inner cabinet width
LT Internal cabinet depth
Cabinet width KB 275 - 420 mm
NL Nominal length
X Drilling position
Y Min. space requirement
378
Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Applications
SPACE TOWER
Planning
Drilling pattern base
Lower cabling Back cabling
Position drive unit
Page instructions
Assembly 398
Assembly Blum distance bumper 398
Assembly Blum transformer 72 W 400
Cabling 401
Bracket profile cutting dimensions
Catalogue 2013/2014
Alternative drilling pattern for PRO-CENTER
and MINIPRESS
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

LH Internal cabinet height
PL Bracket profile length
All back heights except height N
LH Internal cabinet height
PL Bracket profile length
KB Cabinet width
379
Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

Catalogue 2013/2014
380
Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Applications
SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions
Order information
Z10NA20xy01 Variable
SERVO-DRIVE set
Network adapter (x) *
DE, EN, FR, IT, NL CS, HU, PL, SK
DA, EN, FI, NO, SV BG, ET, LT, LV, RO, RU
EL, EN, HR, SL, SR, TR EN, ES, FR
EN, ES, FR, IT, PT EN, ZH
Language package (y)
A E
B F
C G
D H
16
Part no.
E B K R N U A
Cabinet width KB
Set pre-mounted
Catalogue 2013/2014
- Electrical opening support system in conjunc-
tion with BLUMOTION for silent and effort-
less closing action
- For bottom mount waste bin solutions
- No fixed connection to the drive system
- Pull-outs can be used unchanged
- Quick assembly of pre-mounted parts
- Also ideal for retrofitting
* See the Information chapter for a detailed country list
Composed of:
Blum distance bumper
Attachment bracket 1 tier
Drive unit
Transport protection
Protection against dripping water
Blum transformer incl. cable
Assembly Device
Screws for Blum distance bumper and attachment bracket
Installation instructions
Instruction leaflet
1 x
1 x
7 x
1 x
1 x
1 x
1 x
1 x
1 x
2 x 1
4
9
16a
16b
16c
16d



B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

381
Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Applications
SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions
Planning
Drilling distances base Position Blum distance bumper

Position drive unit Position cabinet profile
TANDEMBOX TANDEMBOX
Page instructions
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TANDEMBOX intivo 223
Overview TANDEMBOX antaro 263
Overview TANDEMBOX plus 315
Planning 386
Accessories 396
SERVO-DRIVE uno country list 704
Assembly 398
Assembly Blum distance bumper 398
Assembly Blum transformer 72 W 400
Cabling 402
Adjustment 403
Removal 404
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
The Blum distance bumper creates and main-
tains the required trigger path of 2 mm
Catalogue 2013/2014
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

LW Inner cabinet width
NL Nominal length
X Drilling position
Chipboard back: NL - 42 mm
Steel back: NL - 62 mm
Y Min. space requirement
Chipboard back: NL + 35 mm
Steel back: NL + 18 mm
382
Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Applications
SERVO-DRIVE uno for top mount waste bin solutions
Order information
Z10T393Wxy
Z10T443Wxy
Z10T493Wxy
Z10T543Wxy
Z10T743Wxy
Z10T843Wxy
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
800 mm
900 mm
SERVO-DRIVE set
Network adapter (x) *
DE, EN, FR, IT, NL CS, HU, PL, SK
DA, EN, FI, NO, SV BG, ET, LT, LV, RO, RU
EL, EN, HR, SL, SR, TR EN, ES, FR
EN, ES, FR, IT, PT EN, ZH
Language package (y)
A E
B F
C G
D H
16
Part no.

E B K R N U A
Cabinet width KB
Set pre-mounted Composed of:
Blum distance bumper
Bracket profile horizontal
Drive unit
Protection against dripping water
Blum transformer incl. cable
Bracket profile adapter left/right
Screws
Installation instructions
Instruction leaflet 1 x
1 x
6 x
1 x
1 x
1 x
1 x
1 x
2 x 1
6
9
16b
16c
16e




B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s
* See the Information chapter for a detailed country list
Catalogue 2013/2014
- Electrical opening support system in conjunc-
tion with BLUMOTION for silent and effort-
less closing action
- For top mount waste bin solutions
- No fixed connection to the drive system
- Pull-outs can be used unchanged
- Quick assembly of pre-mounted parts
- Also ideal for retrofitting
383
Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Applications
SERVO-DRIVE uno for top mount waste bin solutions
Order information
Special back set

15/16 mm
Cabinet width
KB 16/19 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
800 mm
900 mm
Z30M389S0W
Z30M439S0W
Z30M489S0W
Z30M539S0W
Z30M739S0W
Z30M839S0W
Z30M383S0W
Z30M433S0W
Z30M483S0W
Z30M533S0W
Z30M733S0W
Z30M833S0W
Cabinet side panel thickness
Colour RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
17
Composed of:
Steel back height M
Steel back for waste bin pull-out
Attachment left/right
Longside gallery rail left/right
1 x
1 x
1 x
1 x 17a
17b
17c
17d
Page instructions
Planning
Position bracket profile attachment Position Blum distance bumper
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TANDEMBOX intivo 223
Overview TANDEMBOX antaro 263
Overview TANDEMBOX plus 315
Planning 386
Accessories 396
SERVO-DRIVE uno country list 704
Assembly 398
Assembly Blum distance bumper 398
Assembly Blum transformer 72 W 400
Cabling 402
Adjustment 403
Removal 404
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
The Blum distance bumper creates and main-
tains the required trigger path of 2 mm
Catalogue 2013/2014
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

NL Nominal length
X Drilling position
NL - 96 mm
Y Min. space requirement
NL + 3 mm
384
Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Applications
Sink cabinet
Order information
Front height 300 mm and higher use 4 pcs.
Up to front height 300 mm use 2 pcs.
Blum distance bumper
5 mm
8 mm 993.0830.01
993.0530
Diameter Part no.
1
Use 4 pcs. for 65 kg-runner
Can be used as a distribution, bracket profile and communica-
tions cable
Distribution cable
Cable end protector
1 x
5 x
Composed of:
Distribution cable and cable end protector
Length Part no.
For cutting to size, 8 m Z10K800AE
11a
11b
11
Connecting node
Cable end protector
1 x
2 x
Composed of:
Connecting node and cable end protector
Part no.
Z10V100E.01
12a
11b
12
Nylon Black
Material Colour
Catalogue 2013/2014
- Electrical opening support system in conjunc-
tion with BLUMOTION for silent and effort-
less closing action
- With attachment bracket
- No fixed connection to the drive system
- Pull-outs can be used unchanged
- Quick assembly of pre-mounted parts
Nylon
Attachment bracket 1 tier
Z10D0311 RAL 7037 light grey
Part no.

Material Colour
5
Nylon
Attachment bracket 2 tier
Z10D7201.01 RAL 7037 light grey/zinc plated
Part no.

Material Colour
Alternative to 5
4
Nylon
Protection against dripping water
Z10D0316 RAL 7037 light grey
Part no.

Material Colour
9a
Nylon
Drive unit
Z10A3000.02 RAL 7037 light grey
Part no.

Material Colour
9

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s
385
Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Applications
Sink cabinet
Order information
Blum transformer
Language
Including instruction leaflet and installation instructions
Without flex
DA, EN, FI, NO, SV
EN, EL, HR, SR, SL, TR
DE, EN, FR, IT, NL Z10NE020A
Z10NE020B
Z10NE020C



PL, SK, CS, HU
BG, ET, LV, LT, RO, RU
EN, FR, IT, ES, PT Z10NE020D
Z10NE020E
Z10NE020F



ZH, EN
EN (US, CA), FR, ES Z10NE020G
Z10NE020H
Part no.
13
Performance 72 W
For Blum transformer 72 W
Nylon
Transformer unit housing
Z10NG120 White grey
Part no.

Material Colour
15b
Panel fixing alternative to 15a
Accessories
For example, for securing the distribution cable
Nylon
Cable holder
Z10K0009 White
Part no.

Material Colour
19
Page instructions
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TANDEMBOX intivo 223
Overview TANDEMBOX antaro 263
Overview TANDEMBOX plus 315
Planning 386
Accessories 396
Assembly 398
Assembly Blum distance bumper 398
Assembly Blum transformer 72 W 400
Cabling 402
Adjustment 403
Removal 404
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
Language descriptions as per ISO-639
Catalogue 2013/2014

Z10M200E
Z10M200U
Z10M200S
Z10M200B
Z10M200I
Z10M200N
Z10M200H
Z10M200T
Z10M200E.OS
CH
US, CA
Europe Z10M200C
BR BR
JP Z10M200J
Z10M200S.01
DK
IL
UK Z10M200D
CN AR
AU Z10M200K
Z10M200A
CL
TW
IN Z10M200L
Europe, without plug
ZA Z10M200Z
Flex 14
Part no. Part no. Countries Countries
For Blum transformer 72 W
With cover
Nylon
Transformer unit housing
Z10NG000 RAL 7037 light grey
Part no.

Material Colour
15a
Base fixing
Nylon
Front stabilisation
Z96.10E1 RAL 7037 light grey
Part no.

Material Colour
20
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

386
Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Applications
Sink cabinet
Planning
Cabinet dimensions
Drilling distance base/cross bar
Drilling position and space requirement for all applications
Drilling position and min. space requirement
Steel back
Back X (mm)
NL + 2
Chipboard back NL + 19
Y (mm)
Min. LT = NL + 16
Min. LT = NL + 33
Steel back
Back X (mm)
NL - 1
Chipboard back NL + 16
Y (mm)
Min. LT = NL + 13
Min. LT = NL + 30
Catalogue 2013/2014
Using this assembly position for the bracket profile, both inner pull-out
elements as well as those with overlay fronts can be opened by pushing
and pulling.
SERVO-DRIVE can also be used if there is less space available. At the
assembly position for the top attachment bracket, inner pull-out elements
can only be opened by pulling (not by pushing).
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

KB Cabinet width
LW Inner cabinet width
LT Internal cabinet depth
Cabinet width KB starting at 900 mm
NL Nominal length
X Drilling position
Y Min. space requirement
Steel back
* Measured from cabinet front edge
Chipboard back
* Measured from cabinet front edge
m
i
n

8
1
387
Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Applications
Sink cabinet
Planning
Drilling pattern base
Lower cabling
Front assembly position of Blum distance
bumper
Page instructions
Assembly 398
Assembly Blum distance bumper 398
Assembly Blum transformer 72 W 400
Cabling 402
Cross member attachment bracket 1 tier
Position Drilling pattern top plan view Drilling position in cabinet
Steel back X = 159.5 mm
Chipboard back X = 176.5 mm
Drilling depth 8 mm
Cabinet width KB starting at
900 mm
Catalogue 2013/2014
Alternative drilling pattern for PRO-CENTER
and MINIPRESS
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

The Blum distance bumper creates and main-
tains the required trigger path of 2 mm. When
using an 65 kg runner, always attach 4 Blum dis-
tance bumpers. For optimal trigger function for
front height FH > 300 mm, use front stabilisation
FA Front overlay
FH Front height
Steel back height N
* Measured from cabinet front
edge
Chipboard back height N
* Measured from cabinet front
edge
388
Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Applications
Cabinet with pull-out element bracket profile horizontal
Order information
Front height 300 mm and higher use 4 pcs.
Up to front height 300 mm use 2 pcs.
Blum distance bumper
5 mm
8 mm 993.0830.01
993.0530
Diameter Part no.
1
Use 4 pcs. for 65 kg-runner
For cabinet width KB 275 - 1200 mm
Aluminium
Bracket profile horizontal
Z10T1143B For cutting to size, 1143 mm
Part no.

Material Length
6
Catalogue 2013/2014
- Electrical opening support system in conjunc-
tion with BLUMOTION for silent and effort-
less closing action
- With attachment bracket and horizontal
bracket profile
- No fixed connection to the drive system
- Pull-outs can be used unchanged
- Quick assembly of pre-mounted parts
Chipboard screws and system screws can be used
Bracket profile attachment left/right
Bracket profile adapter for bracket profile horizontal
1 x
1 x
Composed of:
Bracket profile attachment left/right
Part no.
Z10D5210
7a
7b
7
Nylon RAL 7037 light grey
Material Colour
For cabinet width KB 275 - 320 mm in combination with a
chipboard back
Nylon
Trigger guidance for chipboard back
Z10A3H00 RAL 7037 light grey
Part no.

Material Colour
10
Nylon
Drive unit
Z10A3000.02 RAL 7037 light grey
Part no.

Material Colour
9

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s
389
Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Applications
Cabinet with pull-out element bracket profile horizontal
Order information
Can be used as a distribution, bracket profile and communica-
tions cable
Distribution cable
Cable end protector
1 x
5 x
Composed of:
Distribution cable and cable end protector
Length Part no.
For cutting to size, 8 m Z10K800AE
11a
11b
11
Connecting node
Cable end protector
1 x
2 x
Composed of:
Connecting node and cable end protector
Part no.
Z10V100E.01
12a
11b
12
Nylon Black
Material Colour
Blum transformer
Language
Including instruction leaflet and installation instructions
Without flex
DA, EN, FI, NO, SV
EN, EL, HR, SR, SL, TR
DE, EN, FR, IT, NL Z10NE020A
Z10NE020B
Z10NE020C



PL, SK, CS, HU
BG, ET, LV, LT, RO, RU
EN, FR, IT, ES, PT Z10NE020D
Z10NE020E
Z10NE020F



ZH, EN
EN (US, CA), FR, ES Z10NE020G
Z10NE020H
Part no.
13
Performance 72 W
For Blum transformer 72 W
Nylon
Transformer unit housing
Z10NG120 White grey
Part no.

Material Colour
15b
Panel fixing alternative to 15a
Accessories
For example, for securing the distribution cable
Nylon
Cable holder
Z10K0009 White
Part no.

Material Colour
19
Page instructions
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TANDEMBOX intivo 223
Overview TANDEMBOX antaro 263
Overview TANDEMBOX plus 315
Planning 390
Accessories 396
Assembly 398
Assembly Blum distance bumper 398
Assembly Blum transformer 72 W 400
Cabling 402
Adjustment 403
Removal 404
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
Language descriptions as per ISO-639
Catalogue 2013/2014

Z10M200E
Z10M200U
Z10M200S
Z10M200B
Z10M200I
Z10M200N
Z10M200H
Z10M200T
Z10M200E.OS
CH
US, CA
Europe Z10M200C
BR BR
JP Z10M200J
Z10M200S.01
DK
IL
UK Z10M200D
CN AR
AU Z10M200K
Z10M200A
CL
TW
IN Z10M200L
Europe, without plug
ZA Z10M200Z
Flex 14
Part no. Part no. Countries Countries
For Blum transformer 72 W
With cover
Nylon
Transformer unit housing
Z10NG000 RAL 7037 light grey
Part no.

Material Colour
15a
Base fixing
Nylon
Front stabilisation
Z96.10E1 RAL 7037 light grey
Part no.

Material Colour
20

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s
390
Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Applications
Cabinet with pull-out element bracket profile horizontal
Planning
Cabinet dimensions
Space requirement in cabinet
Drilling position and space requirement for all applications
Drilling position and min. space requirement
Steel back
Back X (mm)
NL - 26
Chipboard back NL - 9
Y (mm)
Min. LT = NL + 20
Min. LT = NL + 37
Steel back
Back X (mm)
NL - 29
Chipboard back NL - 12
Y (mm)
Min. LT = NL + 17
Min. LT = NL + 34
Catalogue 2013/2014
Using this assembly position for the bracket profile, both inner pull-out
elements as well as those with overlay fronts can be opened by pushing
and pulling.
SERVO-DRIVE can also be used if there is less space available. At the
assembly position for the bracket profile, inner pull-out elements can only
be opened by pulling (not by pushing).
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

KB Cabinet width
LW Inner cabinet width
LT Internal cabinet depth
Chipboard screws and system screws can be
used
* 55.5 mm for back height N
** 23.5 mm for back height N
NL Nominal length
X Drilling position
Y Min. space requirement
391
Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Applications
Cabinet with pull-out element bracket profile horizontal
Planning
Front assembly position of Blum distance
bumper
Bracket profile cutting dimensions
Page instructions
Assembly 398
Assembly Blum distance bumper 398
Assembly Blum transformer 72 W 400
Cabling 402
Position drive unit
Cabinet width KB 420 - 1200 mm Cabinet width KB 275 - 420 mm
Cabinet width KB 275 - 420 mm
Steel back height N
Catalogue 2013/2014
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

The Blum distance bumper creates and main-
tains the required trigger path of 2 mm. When
using an 65 kg runner, always attach 4 Blum dis-
tance bumpers. For optimal trigger function for
front height FH > 300 mm, use front stabilisation
FA Front overlay
FH Front height
LW Inner cabinet width

392
Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Applications
Cabinet with pull-out element upper attachment bracket
Order information
Front height 300 mm and higher use 4 pcs.
Up to front height 300 mm use 2 pcs.
Blum distance bumper
5 mm
8 mm 993.0830.01
993.0530
Diameter Part no.
1
Use 4 pcs. for 65 kg-runner
Can be used as a distribution, bracket profile and communica-
tions cable
Distribution cable
Cable end protector
1 x
5 x
Composed of:
Distribution cable and cable end protector
Length Part no.
For cutting to size, 8 m Z10K800AE
11a
11b
11
Catalogue 2013/2014
- Electrical opening support system in conjunc-
tion with BLUMOTION for silent and effort-
less closing action
- With upper attachment bracket
- No fixed connection to the drive system
- Pull-outs can be used unchanged
- Quick assembly of pre-mounted parts
With pre-mounted adapter for the drive unit
Steel
Upper attachment bracket
Z10D6252 RAL 7037 light grey/zinc plated
Part no.

Material Colour
8
For cabinet width KB 275 - 320 mm in combination with a
chipboard back
Nylon
Trigger guidance for chipboard back
Z10A3H00 RAL 7037 light grey
Part no.

Material Colour
10
Nylon
Drive unit
Z10A3000.02 RAL 7037 light grey
Part no.

Material Colour
9

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s
393
Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Applications
Cabinet with pull-out element upper attachment bracket
Order information
Connecting node
Cable end protector
1 x
2 x
Composed of:
Connecting node and cable end protector
Part no.
Z10V100E.01
12a
11b
12
Nylon Black
Material Colour
Blum transformer
Language
Including instruction leaflet and installation instructions
Without flex
DA, EN, FI, NO, SV
EN, EL, HR, SR, SL, TR
DE, EN, FR, IT, NL Z10NE020A
Z10NE020B
Z10NE020C



PL, SK, CS, HU
BG, ET, LV, LT, RO, RU
EN, FR, IT, ES, PT Z10NE020D
Z10NE020E
Z10NE020F



ZH, EN
EN (US, CA), FR, ES Z10NE020G
Z10NE020H
Part no.
13
Performance 72 W
For Blum transformer 72 W
Nylon
Transformer unit housing
Z10NG120 White grey
Part no.

Material Colour
15b
Panel fixing alternative to 15a
Accessories
For example, for securing the distribution cable
Nylon
Cable holder
Z10K0009 White
Part no.

Material Colour
19
Page instructions
Overview SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
367
Overview TANDEMBOX intivo 223
Overview TANDEMBOX antaro 263
Overview TANDEMBOX plus 315
Planning 394
Accessories 396
Assembly 398
Assembly Blum distance bumper 398
Assembly Blum transformer 72 W 400
Cabling 402
Adjustment 403
Removal 404
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
Language descriptions as per ISO-639
Catalogue 2013/2014

Z10M200E
Z10M200U
Z10M200S
Z10M200B
Z10M200I
Z10M200N
Z10M200H
Z10M200T
Z10M200E.OS
CH
US, CA
Europe Z10M200C
BR BR
JP Z10M200J
Z10M200S.01
DK
IL
UK Z10M200D
CN AR
AU Z10M200K
Z10M200A
CL
TW
IN Z10M200L
Europe, without plug
ZA Z10M200Z
Flex 14
Part no. Part no. Countries Countries
For Blum transformer 72 W
With cover
Nylon
Transformer unit housing
Z10NG000 RAL 7037 light grey
Part no.

Material Colour
15a
Base fixing
Nylon
Front stabilisation
Z96.10E1 RAL 7037 light grey
Part no.

Material Colour
20
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

394
Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Applications
Cabinet with pull-out element upper attachment bracket
Planning
Cabinet dimensions
Drilling distance base/cross bar
Drilling position and space requirement for all applications
Drilling position and min. space requirement
Steel back
Back X (mm)
NL - 18
Chipboard back NL - 1
Y (mm)
Min. LT = NL + 16.5
Min. LT = NL + 33.5
Steel back
Back X (mm)
NL - 21
Chipboard back NL - 4
Y (mm)
Min. LT = NL + 13.5
Min. LT = NL + 30.5
Upper attachment bracket drilling
position
The cross bar must be connected
to the work plate to make it secure
Cabinet width KB starting at 420 mm Cabinet width KB 320 - 420 mm
Steel back height N
Catalogue 2013/2014
Using this assembly position for the bracket profile, both inner pull-out
elements as well as those with overlay fronts can be opened by pushing
and pulling.
SERVO-DRIVE can also be used if there is less space available. At the
assembly position for the top attachment bracket, inner pull-out elements
can only be opened by pulling (not by pushing).
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

Cabinet width KB 275 - 420 mm
NL Nominal length
X Drilling position
Y Min. space requirement
KB Cabinet width
LW Inner cabinet width
LT Internal cabinet depth
395
Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Applications
Cabinet with pull-out element upper attachment bracket
Planning
Front assembly position of Blum distance
bumper

Page instructions
Assembly 398
Assembly Blum distance bumper 398
Assembly Blum transformer 72 W 400
Cabling 402
Position drive unit
Back height N
Cabinet width KB 275 - 320
X (mm)
Steel back 27.5
Chipboard back 35.0
Starting at 320
X (mm)
27.5
27.5
Back height N
Catalogue 2013/2014
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

All back heights except height N
KB Cabinet width
The Blum distance bumper creates and main-
tains the required trigger path of 2 mm. When
using an 65 kg runner, always attach 4 Blum dis-
tance bumpers. For optimal trigger function for
front height FH > 300 mm, use front stabilisation
FA Front overlay
FH Front height
396
Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Accessories
COMBOX
COMBOX Z10ZC00A
Part no.
Application

Suitable starting with drive unit
Z10A3000.02

Synchronisation cable
160 cm
120 cm
50 cm
8 cm
Z10K160S
Z10K120S
Z10K050S
Z10K008S




Part no. Length
Assembly

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

- Connects two drive units that need to activate
simultaneously
- COMBOX set with assembly accessories
- For preventing front collisions when using
SERVO-DRIVE in corner situations
Catalogue 2013/2014
397
Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Accessories
Cable holder
Cable holder Z10K0009
Part no.



Front stabilisation
Front stabilisation Z96.10E1
Part no.
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Front drilling dimensions
- Material: nylon, white
Catalogue 2013/2014
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

- For stabilising wide and high fronts
- Reinforces the connection between the drawer
side and the front
- Material: nylon, RAL 7037 light grey
398
Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Blum distance bumper

Bracket profile cable
Drive unit bracket profile
Bracket profile cross bar construction horizontal Bracket profile cross bar construction vertical
Bracket profile cable SPACE TOWER
Remove pre-mounted bracket
profile cable from both bracket pro-
files and insert a new, long bracket
profile cable in the upper bracket
profile
Attachment bracket 1 tier Attachment bracket 2 tier
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

Insert Blum distance bumper (do
not glue)
A 2nd drive unit can also be
installed (optional). Please observe
min. inner cabinet width!
Assembly
Assembly Assembly
Catalogue 2013/2014
Equip bracket profile 1 Bracket profile cable
2 Communication cable
399
Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Drive unit attachment bracket
Bracket profile cable

Drive unit bracket profile adapter
Bracket profile adapter Bracket profile
Upper attachment bracket Drive unit upper attachment bracket
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

Assembly
Assembly
Assembly Assembly
Assembly
Chipboard screws and system
screws can be used
Catalogue 2013/2014
Equip bracket profile adapter
400
Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Assembly Blum transformer 72 W
Blum transformer 72 W

Space requirement and safety distance
Attention
Maintain a 30 mm safety distance
from the bottom edge (base fixing)
and/or front edge (panel fixing)
and side edges of the transformer
unit housing to the neighbouring
elements
Air must be able to circulate, other-
wise the Blum transformer could
overheat
Base fixing
Panel fixing
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

Catalogue 2013/2014
Pull-out stop
Pull-out stop
Base fixing
Base fixing Panel fixing
Panel fixing
401
Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Assembly cabling Blum transformer 72 W
Standard cabinet lower cabling
Only one Blum transformer can
be connected to each distribution
cable.

Standard cabinet back cabling

SPACE TOWER

Cabling Connecting node

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s
Assembly
Catalogue 2013/2014
Base fixing
Base fixing
Panel fixing
Panel fixing
Lower cabling Back cabling Do not damage piercing tips
402
Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Assembly cabling Blum transformer 72 W
Sink cabinet
Only one Blum transformer can
be connected to each distribution
cable.
Bracket profile horizontal

Upper attachment bracket

Connecting node

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

Assembly
Catalogue 2013/2014
Base fixing Panel fixing
Lower cabling
Lower cabling
Lower cabling
Do not damage piercing tips
403
Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Assembly and adjustment
Drive unit
Selector switch Mode (1)
Single: Only one drive unit moves
(standard setting)
Multiple: When set to Multiple,
drive units move simultaneously
Note
Not applicable for
SERVO-DRIVE uno
Selector switch Power (2)
Full: Standard setting
Half: for short nominal lengths (270
- 300 mm) pull-out only moves a
short distance
Operating mode display (LED) (3)
Lever extension
The drive unit comes with the lever
extension.
The lever extension must be
removed for cabinet widths 300 -
320 mm in combination with a steel
back
The lever extension must also
be removed for a cabinet width
of 300 mm in combination with a
chipboard back
Trigger guidance
The lever guide must be attached
and secured with screws for cabinet
widths 275 - 320 mm in combinati-
on with a chipboard back

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

Assembly Removal
Catalogue 2013/2014
Selector switch
404
Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Removal
Bracket profile
Attachment bracket

Bracket profile horizontal

Upper attachment bracket

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

Removal
Removal
Removal
Removal
Catalogue 2013/2014
405
Box systems
SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
Removal
Bracket profile

Bracket profile horizontal

Blum transformer 72 W
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

Removal
Catalogue 2013/2014
Base fixing Panel fixing
Horizontal cross member Vertical cross member
700
600
100
200
300
400
500
300
900
600
1200
406
Box systems
TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

Reliable handle-less opening
Handle-less fronts are playing a greater and
greater role in modern furniture design. With
TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX the mechanical
opening support system from Blum handle-
less drawers and pull-outs open with just a
touch. With TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX the
mechanical opening support system from
Blum handle-less drawers and pull-outs
open with just a touch. This enables your
customers to experience practical opening
comfort in any living area.
Small programme, wide range of applica-
tions
TIP-ON can be combined with all
TANDEMBOX programme lines and can
be used for all standard applications: From
standard cabinets to special solutions such as
the Blum sink drawers.
Catalogue 2013/2014
A light touch on the front at any location is enough and the pull-out opens effortlessly To close the pull-out, it can be
lightly pressed shut or closed with
a light push
The optional synchronisation feature ensures secure opening and closing
even for higher & wider fronts
The depth adjustment can be car-
ried out tool-free and on an inserted
drawer
TIP-ON consists of a special cabi-
net profile with a pre-mounted latch
and a locking mechanism unit
407
Box systems
TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
Applications
TIP-ON
Space requirement
Order information
300 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
270 mm
559.3001T







559.2701T

559.3501T
559.4001T









559.4501T
559.5001T
559.5501T
559.6001T
559.6501T

Cabinet profiles, latch and locking mechanism
units left/right
20 kg
Nominal
length NL 50 kg 30 kg
1
Cabinet profiles left/right
Locking mechanism unit left/right
Incl. latch, pre-mounted
EXPANDO fixing
Composed of:
1 x
1 x
1a
1b
Accessories
Synchronisation (for cabinet width KB 550 mm and higher)
Inner cabinet width LW
558 - 620 mm
608 - 670 mm
508 - 570 mm Z55S1350E
Z55S1600E
Z55S1850E



708 - 770 mm
758 - 820 mm
658 - 720 mm Z55S2100E
Z55S2350E
Z55S2600E



858 - 920 mm
908 - 970 mm
808 - 870 mm Z55S2850E
Z55S3100E
Z55S3350E



1008 - 1070 mm
1058 - 1120 mm
958 - 1020 mm Z55S3600E
Z55S3850E
Z55S4100E



1108 - 1170 mm Z55S4350E
Part no.
14
Synchronisation unit
Synchronisation rod
L-bracket
EXPANDO fixing

Zinc plated
Composed of:
1 x
1 x
1 x
14a
14b
Page instructions
TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX 406
Overview TANDEMBOX intivo 223
Overview TANDEMBOX antaro 263
Overview TANDEMBOX plus 315
Planning 408
Assembly, removal and adjustment 410
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
Catalogue 2013/2014
- Concealed, guided full extension
- Integrated TIP-ON function for handle-less
fronts
- Dyn. load bearing 20, 30 or 50 kg
- Easy, tool-free depth adjustment without
removing the pull-out
- Synchronisation optional for cabinet width KB
550 mm and higher
- Runner system compatible with all
TANDEMBOX programme lines
Nylon
Front stabilisation
Z96.10E1 RAL 7037 light grey
Part no.

Material Colour
20
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

NL Nominal length
408
Box systems
TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
Applications
TIP-ON
Planning
L-bracket 297.0500
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions for
screw-on front


Front stabilisation Z96.10E1
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions for
screw-on front
Space requirement in cabinet Front drilling dimensions
Drilling position
Locking mechanism unit Synchronisation unit

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s
* + 4 mm with synchronisation
over cabinet bottom panel or
cross bar
* + 4 mm with synchronisation
over cabinet bottom panel or
cross bar
FA Front overlay
FA Front overlay
* + 4 mm with synchronisation
over cabinet bottom panel or
cross bar
* + 4 mm with synchronisation
over cabinet bottom panel or
cross bar
5 x 10 mm
We recommend that you use the drilling template for TIP-ON for
TANDEMBOX (65.5050)
5 x 10 mm
Catalogue 2013/2014
Space requirement with L-bracket centre mounted.
Comment: We recommend a trial assembly to determine the individual space requirement under the cabinet profile.
Space requirement with front stabilisation.
Comment: We recommend a trial assembly to determine the individual space requirement under the cabinet profile.
700
100
200
300
400
500
3
0
0
9
0
0
6
0
0
1
2
0
0
600
409
Box systems
TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
Applications
TIP-ON
Planning
Cabinet profile screw positions
270
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
Nominal length NL (mm)
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Trigger range
Catalogue 2013/2014
* Min. 43 mm for inner drawer/inner pull-out
Front gap


Trigger range with front stabilisation for front gaps 4 mm
Without synchronisation
With synchronisation
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

Fixing onto cabinet
A Chipboard screws 4 x 15 mm
B Chipboard screws, part no. 661.1450.HG
* Optional
The optional synchronisation feature ensures secure opening even for
higher & wider fronts. We also recommend that you use front stabilisa-
tion.
410
Box systems
TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Locking mechanism unit
Synchronisation
Synchronisation

Locking mechanism unit
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

Catalogue 2013/2014
Unattached drawer base
Unattached drawer base
Unattached drawer base
3-sided, pre-mounted drawer base
411
Box systems
TIP-ON for TANDEMBOX
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Synchronisation
Synchronisation

Cabinet profile
Adjustment

Assembly Removing the transportation lock
Catalogue 2013/2014
3-sided, pre-mounted drawer base
3-sided, pre-mounted drawer base
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

Front gap
412
Box systems
METABOX
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

A high-quality system with few component
parts
METABOX drawers are made up of only a few
components. Using the proven Box system,
you can realise so many different applica-
tions. Stable materials and careful assembly
ensure the best stability values up to a max.
dynamic load bearing of 30 kg.
BLUMOTION Silent and effortless clos-
ing action for METABOX
The tried and tested BLUMOTION function is
also available as an option for the METABOX
single extension. Independent of the force
used and the weight of the storage items.
Extremely practical and economical: In all
standard applications one unit is all you need.
Simple. Excellent. Proven.
Catalogue 2013/2014
Drawer side height N = 54 mm Drawer side height M = 86 mm Drawer side height K = 118 mm Drawer side height H = 150 mm
METABOX BLUMOTION ensures
silent and effortless closing action
413
Box systems
METABOX
Overview
METABOX
Accessories
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Pictograph
Overview applications 414


BLUMOTION for METABOX 320 447
Side stabilisation installed at the back 444
Child safety latch 444
Anti-tilt device 445
Spacers 445
METAFILE file drawer 446
Contoured profile 447
Pull-out stop 447
POSISTOP 447
Screws 448
Screwdriver 449
ORGA-LINE gallery 450
ORGA-LINE BOXSIDE 451

Cabinet profile 320 25 kg 452
Cabinet profile 330 30 kg 452
Side stabilisation installed at the back 452

Drawer/inner drawer 453
High fronted pull-out 453
BLUMOTION for METABOX 320 454
Adjustment 455
Item Available Upon Request
General Information
Accessories
Drawer
Inner drawer
High fronted pull-out
Full extension
Single extension
Gallery
Double gallery
Single-wall BOXSIDE
Installation height and/or min. space
requirement in cabinet
Height of Drawer Side
Dynamic carrying capacity in kg
Planning
Cutting
Assembly
Assembly, removal and adjustment

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s
Symbol image
Symbol image
Symbol image
Symbol image
Catalogue 2013/2014
414
Box systems
METABOX
Overview applications
Single extension
Drawer Inner drawer
Drawer N Inner drawer N
416 416
Drawer M Inner drawer M
418 418
Drawer K Inner drawer K
420 420
Drawer H Inner drawer H
422 422
High fronted pull-out
High fronted pull-out gallery B
424
High fronted pull-out double gallery
D
426
High fronted pull-out BOXSIDE D
428

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s
Catalogue 2013/2014
415
Box systems
METABOX
Overview applications
Full extension
Drawer Inner drawer
Drawer N Inner drawer N
430 430
Drawer M Inner drawer M
432 432
Drawer K Inner drawer K
434 434
Drawer H Inner drawer H
436 436
High fronted pull-out
High fronted pull-out gallery B
438
High fronted pull-out double gallery
D
440
High fronted pull-out BOXSIDE D
442
Info box


B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s
Catalogue 2013/2014
Take advantage of DYNALOG limited included free on the DVD.
DYNAPLAN cabinet planning incl. a collision check and fittings selection
DYNACAT electronic product catalogue and CAD data export (dxf, dwg, igs, sat, wrl, x_t, jpg)
DYNASHOP shopping basket and ordering function
416
Box systems
METABOX
Single extension
Drawer/inner drawer N
Space requirement
Order information
Cabinet profiles and drawer sides left/right
Screw-on ver-
sion
Nominal
length NL
270 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
320N2700C
320N3500C
320N4000C
320N4500C
320N5000C
320N5500C
320N2700C15
320N3500C15
320N4000C15
320N4500C15
320N5000C15
320N5500C15
Quick assembly
version
Colour R9001
1
Order left/right
Nylon
Front fixing for inner drawers
ZIF.3010 R9001
Part no.

Material Colour
3
Catalogue 2013/2014
Other colours available upon request (white or grey)
- Single extension with 54 mm high
- Steel drawer side cream (RAL 9001), in grey
(RAL 9006) and white upon request
- High impact nylon rollers
- Dyn. load bearing 25 kg
- BLUMATIC self closing feature
- 2-dimensional front adjustment
Order left/right
Standard front fixing brackets left
Knock-in
Screw-on ZSF.1510
ZSF.1610
Fixing Part no.
2c

Other colours available for latch upon request (white or grey)
Nylon
BLUMOTION for METABOX 320
Z70.0320 WGR/R9001
Accessories
Part no. Material Colour
6
RAL 9001 cream White grey R9001 WGR
Colour
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

NL Nominal length
() Inner drawer
9
1
8
.
5
192
96
64
2
9
37 128 128 128 96
A
B
C
A
B
L
W
K
B
C
417
Box systems
METABOX
Single extension
Drawer/inner drawer N
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions for
screw-on front
Front drilling dimensions for
EXPANDO/knock-in
Back installation dimensions
Cabinet profile screw positions Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard
Base assembly for quick assembly version
270
350
400
450
500
550
Nominal length NL (mm)
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 5 mm
Inner drawer
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm
Drawer
LW - 31 mm
LW - 31 mm
LW - 64 mm
Back
39 mm
Base
Drawer
NL - 2 mm
Inner drawer
Front
Inner drawer
61 mm
NL - 18 mm
X (mm)
69
53
Drawer
Inner drawer
Page instructions
Overview METABOX 413
Accessories 444
BLUMOTION for METABOX 320 447
Cabinet profile fixing positions 452
Assembly, removal and adjustment 453
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
Catalogue 2013/2014
Drawer Drawer Inner drawer
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

KB Cabinet width
LW Inner cabinet width
NL Nominal length
FA Front overlay * + 2 mm with BLUMOTION
* + 3 mm for inner drawer with
BLUMOTION
418
Box systems
METABOX
Single extension
Drawer/inner drawer M
Space requirement
Order information
Cabinet profiles and drawer sides left/right
Screw-on ver-
sion
Nominal
length NL
270 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
320M2700C
320M3500C
320M4000C
320M4500C
320M5000C
320M5500C
320M2700C15
320M3500C15
320M4000C15
320M4500C15
320M5000C15
320M5500C15
Quick assembly
version
Colour R9001
1
Order left/right
Nylon
Cover caps for 2a
ZAA.3700 R9001
Part no.

Material Colour
2b
Nylon
Cover caps for 2c
ZAA.3500 R9001 2 x
Part no.

Material Colour
2d
Order left/right
Nylon
Front fixing for inner drawers
ZIF.3000 R9001
Part no.

Material Colour
3
Catalogue 2013/2014
Other colours available upon request (white or grey)
- Single extension with 86 mm high
- Steel drawer side cream (RAL 9001), in grey
(RAL 9006) and white upon request
- High impact nylon rollers
- Dyn. load bearing 25 kg
- BLUMATIC self closing feature
- 2-dimensional front adjustment
Order left/right
CLIP front fixing brackets
Knock-in
EXPANDO
Screw-on ZSF.1200
ZSF.1300
ZSF.130E



Fixing Part no.
2a
Order left/right
Standard front fixing brackets left
Knock-in
Screw-on ZSF.1700
ZSF.1800
Alternative to 2a
Fixing Part no.
2c

Other colours available for latch upon request (white or grey)
Nylon
BLUMOTION for METABOX 320
Z70.0320 WGR/R9001
Accessories
Part no. Material Colour
6
RAL 9001 cream White grey R9001 WGR
Colour
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

NL Nominal length
() Inner drawer
9
1
8
.
5
3
2
192
96
64
2
9
37 128 128 128 96
A
B
C
A
B
L
W
K
B
C
419
Box systems
METABOX
Single extension
Drawer/inner drawer M
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions for
screw-on front
Front drilling dimensions for
EXPANDO/knock-in
Back installation dimensions
Cabinet profile screw positions Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard
Base assembly for quick assembly version
270
350
400
450
500
550
Nominal length NL (mm)
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 5 mm
Inner drawer
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm
Drawer
LW - 31 mm
LW - 31 mm
LW - 64 mm
Back
71 mm
Base
Drawer
NL - 2 mm
Inner drawer
Front
Inner drawer
61 mm
NL - 18 mm
X (mm)
69
53
Drawer
Inner drawer
Page instructions
Overview METABOX 413
Accessories 444
BLUMOTION for METABOX 320 447
Cabinet profile fixing positions 452
Assembly, removal and adjustment 453
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
Catalogue 2013/2014
Drawer Drawer Inner drawer
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

KB Cabinet width
LW Inner cabinet width
NL Nominal length
FA Front overlay * + 2 mm with BLUMOTION
* + 3 mm for inner drawer with
BLUMOTION
420
Box systems
METABOX
Single extension
Drawer/inner drawer K
Space requirement
Order information
Cabinet profiles and drawer sides left/right
Screw-on ver-
sion
Nominal
length NL
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
320K3500C
320K4000C
320K4500C
320K5000C
320K5500C
320K3500C15
320K4000C15
320K4500C15
320K5000C15
320K5500C15
Quick assembly
version
Colour R9001
1
Order left/right
Nylon
Cover caps for 2a
ZAA.3700 R9001
Part no.

Material Colour
2b
Nylon
Cover caps for 2c
ZAA.3500 R9001 2 x
Part no.

Material Colour
2d
Order left/right
Nylon
Front fixing for inner drawers
ZIF.3030 R9001
Part no.

Material Colour
3
Catalogue 2013/2014
Other colours available upon request (white or grey)
- Single extension with 118 mm high
- Steel drawer side cream (RAL 9001), in grey
(RAL 9006) and white upon request
- High impact nylon rollers
- Dyn. load bearing 25 kg
- BLUMATIC self closing feature
- 2-dimensional front adjustment
Order left/right
CLIP front fixing brackets
Knock-in
EXPANDO
Screw-on ZSF.1200
ZSF.1300
ZSF.130E



Fixing Part no.
2a
Order left/right
Standard front fixing brackets left
Knock-in
Screw-on ZSF.1700
ZSF.1800
Alternative to 2a
Fixing Part no.
2c

Other colours available for latch upon request (white or grey)
Nylon
BLUMOTION for METABOX 320
Z70.0320 WGR/R9001
Accessories
Part no. Material Colour
6
RAL 9001 cream White grey R9001 WGR
Colour
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

NL Nominal length
() Inner drawer
9
1
8
.
5
3
2
3
2
96
64
2
9
37 128 128 128 96
A
B
C
A
B
L
W
K
B
C
421
Box systems
METABOX
Single extension
Drawer/inner drawer K
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions for
screw-on front
Front drilling dimensions for
EXPANDO/knock-in
Back installation dimensions
Cabinet profile screw positions Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard
Base assembly for quick assembly version
350
400
450
500
550
Nominal length NL (mm)
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 5 mm
Inner drawer
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm
Drawer
LW - 31 mm
LW - 31 mm
LW - 64 mm
Back
103 mm
Base
Drawer
NL - 2 mm
Inner drawer
Front
Inner drawer
93 mm
NL - 18 mm
X (mm)
69
53
Drawer
Inner drawer
Page instructions
Overview METABOX 413
Accessories 444
BLUMOTION for METABOX 320 447
Cabinet profile fixing positions 452
Assembly, removal and adjustment 453
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
Catalogue 2013/2014
Drawer Drawer Inner drawer
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

KB Cabinet width
LW Inner cabinet width
NL Nominal length
FA Front overlay * + 2 mm with BLUMOTION
* + 3 mm for inner drawer with
BLUMOTION
422
Box systems
METABOX
Single extension
Drawer/inner drawer H
Space requirement
Order information
Cabinet profiles and drawer sides left/right
Screw-on ver-
sion
Nominal
length NL
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
320H3500C
320H4000C
320H4500C
320H5000C
320H5500C
320H3500C15
320H4000C15
320H4500C15
320H5000C15
320H5500C15
Quick assembly
version
Colour R9001
1
Order left/right
Nylon
Cover caps for 2a
ZAA.3700 R9001
Part no.

Material Colour
2b
Nylon
Cover caps for 2c
ZAA.3500 R9001 2 x
Part no.

Material Colour
2d
Order left/right
Nylon
Front fixing for inner drawers
ZIF.3050 R9001
Part no.

Material Colour
3
Catalogue 2013/2014
Other colours available upon request (white or grey)
- Single extension with 150 mm high
- Steel drawer side cream (RAL 9001), in grey
(RAL 9006) and white upon request
- High impact nylon rollers
- Dyn. load bearing 25 kg
- BLUMATIC self closing feature
- 2-dimensional front adjustment
Order left/right
CLIP front fixing brackets
Knock-in
EXPANDO
Screw-on ZSF.1200
ZSF.1300
ZSF.130E



Fixing Part no.
2a
Order left/right
Standard front fixing brackets left
Knock-in
Screw-on ZSF.1700
ZSF.1800
Alternative to 2a
Fixing Part no.
2c

Other colours available for latch upon request (white or grey)
Nylon
BLUMOTION for METABOX 320
Z70.0320 WGR/R9001
Accessories
Part no. Material Colour
6
RAL 9001 cream White grey R9001 WGR
Colour
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

NL Nominal length
() Inner drawer
m
i
n
2
4
m
i
n

1
5
0
*
1
5
0
15.5
96
64
2
9
37 128 128 128 96
A
B
C
A
B
L
W
K
B
C
423
Box systems
METABOX
Single extension
Drawer/inner drawer H
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions for
screw-on front
Front drilling dimensions for
EXPANDO/knock-in
Back installation dimensions
Cabinet profile screw positions Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard
Base assembly for quick assembly version
350
400
450
500
550
Nominal length NL (mm)
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 5 mm
Inner drawer
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm
Drawer
LW - 31 mm
LW - 31 mm
LW - 64 mm
Back
135 mm
Base
Drawer
NL - 2 mm
Inner drawer
Front
Inner drawer
125 mm
NL - 18 mm
X (mm)
69
53
Drawer
Inner drawer
Page instructions
Overview METABOX 413
Accessories 444
BLUMOTION for METABOX 320 447
Cabinet profile fixing positions 452
Assembly, removal and adjustment 453
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
Catalogue 2013/2014
Drawer Drawer Inner drawer
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

KB Cabinet width
LW Inner cabinet width
NL Nominal length
FA Front overlay * + 2 mm with BLUMOTION
* + 3 mm for inner drawer with
BLUMOTION
424
Box systems
METABOX
Single extension
High fronted pull-out gallery B
Space requirement
Order information
Cabinet profiles and drawer sides left/right
Screw-on ver-
sion
Nominal
length NL
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
320M3500C
320M4000C
320M4500C
320M5000C
320M5500C
320M3500C15
320M4000C15
320M4500C15
320M5000C15
320M5500C15
Quick assembly
version
Colour R9001
1

Longside gallery rails with back fixing left/right
R9001
Nominal
length NL
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
ZRE.321S.ID
ZRE.371S.ID
ZRE.421S.ID
ZRE.471S.ID
ZRE.521S.ID

4
Order left/right
Nylon
Cover caps for 2a
ZAA.3700 R9001
Part no.

Material Colour
2b
Nylon
Cover caps for 2c
ZAA.3500 R9001 2 x
Part no.

Material Colour
2d
Catalogue 2013/2014
Other colours available upon request (white or grey)
- With simple gallery
- Single extension with 86 mm high
- Steel drawer side cream (RAL 9001), in grey
(RAL 9006) and white upon request
- High impact nylon rollers
- Dyn. load bearing 25 kg
- BLUMATIC self closing feature
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
Order left/right
CLIP front fixing brackets
Knock-in
EXPANDO
Screw-on ZSF.1200
ZSF.1300
ZSF.130E



Fixing Part no.
2a
Order left/right
Standard front fixing brackets left
Knock-in
Screw-on ZSF.1700
ZSF.1800
Alternative to 2a
Fixing Part no.
2c

Other colours available for latch upon request (white or grey)
Nylon
BLUMOTION for METABOX 320
Z70.0320 WGR/R9001
Accessories
Part no. Material Colour
6
RAL 9001 cream White grey R9001 WGR
Colour

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s
NL Nominal length
9
1
8
.
5
3
2
3
2
3
2
1
4
3
96
64
2
9
37 128 128 128 96
A
B
A
B
L
W
K
B
425
Box systems
METABOX
Single extension
High fronted pull-out gallery B
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions for
screw-on front
Front drilling dimensions for
EXPANDO/knock-in
Back installation dimensions
Cabinet profile screw positions Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard
Base assembly for quick assembly version
350
400
450
500
550
Nominal length NL (mm)
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 7 mm
High fronted pull-out
NL - 2 mm
LW - 31 mm
LW - 31 mm
Back
127 mm
Base
X (mm)
69 High fronted
pull-out

Page instructions
Overview METABOX 413
Accessories 444
BLUMOTION for METABOX 320 447
Accessories ORGA-LINE gallery 450
Cabinet profile fixing positions 452
Assembly, removal and adjustment 453
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
Catalogue 2013/2014
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

KB Cabinet width
LW Inner cabinet width
NL Nominal length
FA Front overlay * + 2 mm with BLUMOTION
426
Box systems
METABOX
Single extension
High fronted pull-out double gallery D
Space requirement
Order information
Cabinet profiles and drawer sides left/right
Screw-on ver-
sion
Nominal
length NL
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
320M3500C
320M4000C
320M4500C
320M5000C
320M5500C
320M3500C15
320M4000C15
320M4500C15
320M5000C15
320M5500C15
Quick assembly
version
Colour R9001
1

Longside gallery rails with back fixing left/right
R9001
Nominal
length NL
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
ZRE.321S.ID
ZRE.371S.ID
ZRE.421S.ID
ZRE.471S.ID
ZRE.521S.ID

2 x
2 x
2 x
2 x
2 x
4
Order left/right
Nylon
Cover caps for 2a
ZAA.3700 R9001
Part no.

Material Colour
2b
Nylon
Cover caps for 2c
ZAA.3500 R9001 2 x
Part no.

Material Colour
2d
Catalogue 2013/2014
Other colours available upon request (white or grey)
- With double gallery
- Single extension with 86 mm high
- Steel drawer side cream (RAL 9001), in grey
(RAL 9006) and white upon request
- High impact nylon rollers
- Dyn. load bearing 25 kg
- BLUMATIC self closing feature
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
Order left/right
CLIP front fixing brackets
Knock-in
EXPANDO
Screw-on ZSF.1200
ZSF.1300
ZSF.130E



Fixing Part no.
2a
Order left/right
Standard front fixing brackets left
Knock-in
Screw-on ZSF.1700
ZSF.1800
Alternative to 2a
Fixing Part no.
2c

Other colours available for latch upon request (white or grey)
Nylon
BLUMOTION for METABOX 320
Z70.0320 WGR/R9001
Accessories
Part no. Material Colour
6
RAL 9001 cream White grey R9001 WGR
Colour
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

NL Nominal length
9
1
8
.
5
3
2
3
2
3
2
2
0
7
3
2
3
2
96
64
2
9
37 128 128 128 96
A
B
A
B
L
W
K
B
427
Box systems
METABOX
Single extension
High fronted pull-out double gallery D
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions for
screw-on front
Front drilling dimensions for
EXPANDO/knock-in
Back installation dimensions
Cabinet profile screw positions Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard
Base assembly for quick assembly version
350
400
450
500
550
Nominal length NL (mm)
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 7 mm
High fronted pull-out
NL - 2 mm
LW - 31 mm
LW - 31 mm
Back
191 mm
Base
X (mm)
69 High fronted
pull-out

Page instructions
Overview METABOX 413
Accessories 444
BLUMOTION for METABOX 320 447
Accessories ORGA-LINE gallery 450
Cabinet profile fixing positions 452
Assembly, removal and adjustment 453
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
Catalogue 2013/2014
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

KB Cabinet width
LW Inner cabinet width
NL Nominal length
FA Front overlay * + 2 mm with BLUMOTION
428
Box systems
METABOX
Single extension
High fronted pull-out BOXSIDE D
Space requirement
Order information
Cabinet profiles and drawer sides left/right
Screw-on ver-
sion
Nominal
length NL
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
320M4000C
320M4500C
320M5000C
320M5500C
320M4000C15
320M4500C15
320M5000C15
320M5500C15
Quick assembly
version
Colour R9001
1

Longside gallery rails with back fixing left/right
R9001
Nominal
length NL
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
ZRE.371S.ID
ZRE.421S.ID
ZRE.471S.ID
ZRE.521S.ID

4

Single-wall BOXSIDE
R9001
Nominal
length NL
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
Z36H367SE01
Z36H417SE01
Z36H467SE01
Z36H517SE01

2 x
2 x
2 x
2 x
5
Order left/right
Nylon
Cover caps for 2a
ZAA.3700 R9001
Part no.

Material Colour
2b
Nylon
Cover caps for 2c
ZAA.3500 R9001 2 x
Part no.

Material Colour
2d
Catalogue 2013/2014
Other colours available upon request (white or grey)
- With single BOXSIDE
- Single extension with 86 mm high
- Steel drawer side cream (RAL 9001), in grey
(RAL 9006) and white upon request
- High impact nylon rollers
- Dyn. load bearing 25 kg
- BLUMATIC self closing feature
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
Order left/right
CLIP front fixing brackets
Knock-in
EXPANDO
Screw-on ZSF.1200
ZSF.1300
ZSF.130E



Fixing Part no.
2a
Order left/right
Standard front fixing brackets left
Knock-in
Screw-on ZSF.1700
ZSF.1800
Alternative to 2a
Fixing Part no.
2c

Other colours available for latch upon request (white or grey)
Nylon
BLUMOTION for METABOX 320
Z70.0320 WGR/R9001
Accessories
Part no. Material Colour
6
RAL 9001 cream White grey R9001 WGR
Colour
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

NL Nominal length
9
1
8
.
5
3
2
2
0
7
3
2
9
6
96
64
2
9
37 128 128 128 96
A
B
A
B
L
W
K
B
429
Box systems
METABOX
Single extension
High fronted pull-out BOXSIDE D
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions for
screw-on front
Front drilling dimensions for
EXPANDO/knock-in
Back installation dimensions
Cabinet profile screw positions Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard
Base assembly for quick assembly version
400
450
500
550
Nominal length NL (mm)
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 7 mm
High fronted pull-out
NL - 2 mm
LW - 31 mm
LW - 31 mm
Back
191 mm
Base
X (mm)
69 High fronted
pull-out

Page instructions
Overview METABOX 413
Accessories 444
BLUMOTION for METABOX 320 447
Accessories ORGA-LINE BOXSIDE 451
Cabinet profile fixing positions 452
Assembly, removal and adjustment 453
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
Catalogue 2013/2014
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

KB Cabinet width
LW Inner cabinet width
NL Nominal length
FA Front overlay * + 2 mm with BLUMOTION
1
2c
2c
3
430
Box systems
METABOX
Full extension
Drawer/inner drawer N
Space requirement
Order information
Cabinet profile, centre profile and drawer side left/
right
Screw-on ver-
sion
Nominal
length NL
270 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
330N270PC
330N350PC
330N400PC
330N450PC
330N500PC
330N550PC
330N270PC15
330N350PC15
330N400PC15
330N450PC15
330N500PC15
330N550PC15
Quick assembly
version
Colour R9001
1
Order left/right
Nylon
Front fixing for inner drawers
ZIF.3010 R9001
Part no.

Material Colour
3
Catalogue 2013/2014
Other colours available upon request (white or grey)
- Full extension with 54 mm high drawer sides
- Steel drawer side cream (RAL 9001), in grey
(RAL 9006) and white upon request
- High impact nylon rollers
- Dyn. load bearing 30 kg
- BLUMATIC self closing feature
- 2-dimensional front adjustment
Order left/right
Standard front fixing brackets left
Knock-in
Screw-on ZSF.1510
ZSF.1610
Fixing Part no.
2c
RAL 9001 cream White grey R9001 WGR
Colour
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

NL Nominal length
() Inner drawer
m
i
n

4
6
m
i
n

2
2
*
5
4
15.5
9
1
8
.
5
192
96
64
64
37 128 128
20
128 96
A
B
C
A
B
L
W
K
B
C
431
Box systems
METABOX
Full extension
Drawer/inner drawer N
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions for
screw-on front
Front drilling dimensions for
EXPANDO/knock-in
Back installation dimensions
Cabinet profile screw positions Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard
Base assembly for quick assembly version
270
350
400
450
500
550
Nominal length NL (mm)
Over extension = 8 mm
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 12 mm
Inner drawer
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 12 mm
Drawer
LW - 31 mm
LW - 31 mm
LW - 64 mm
Back
39 mm
Base
Drawer
NL - 2 mm
Inner drawer
Front
Inner drawer
61 mm
NL - 18 mm
X (mm)
69
53
Drawer
Inner drawer
Page instructions
Overview METABOX 413
Accessories 444
Cabinet profile fixing positions 452
Assembly, removal and adjustment 453
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
Catalogue 2013/2014
Drawer Drawer Inner drawer
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

KB Cabinet width
LW Inner cabinet width
NL Nominal length
FA Front overlay * + 3 mm for inner drawer
432
Box systems
METABOX
Full extension
Drawer/inner drawer M
Space requirement
Order information
Cabinet profile, centre profile and drawer side left/
right
Screw-on ver-
sion
Nominal
length NL
270 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
330M270PC
330M350PC
330M400PC
330M450PC
330M500PC
330M550PC
330M270PC15
330M350PC15
330M400PC15
330M450PC15
330M500PC15
330M550PC15
Quick assembly
version
Colour R9001
1
Order left/right
Nylon
Cover caps for 2a
ZAA.3700 R9001
Part no.

Material Colour
2b
Nylon
Cover caps for 2c
ZAA.3500 R9001 2 x
Part no.

Material Colour
2d
Order left/right
Nylon
Front fixing for inner drawers
ZIF.3000 R9001
Part no.

Material Colour
3
Catalogue 2013/2014
Other colours available upon request (white or grey)
- Full extension with 86 mm high drawer sides
- Steel drawer side cream (RAL 9001), in grey
(RAL 9006) and white upon request
- High impact nylon rollers
- Dyn. load bearing 30 kg
- BLUMATIC self closing feature
- 2-dimensional front adjustment
Order left/right
CLIP front fixing brackets
Knock-in
EXPANDO
Screw-on ZSF.1200
ZSF.1300
ZSF.130E



Fixing Part no.
2a
Order left/right
Standard front fixing brackets left
Knock-in
Screw-on ZSF.1700
ZSF.1800
Alternative to 2a
Fixing Part no.
2c
RAL 9001 cream White grey R9001 WGR
Colour
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

NL Nominal length
() Inner drawer
m
i
n

4
6
m
i
n

5
4
* 8
6
15.5
9
1
8
.
5
3
2
192
96
64
64
37 128 128
20
128 96
A
B
C
A
B
L
W
K
B
C
433
Box systems
METABOX
Full extension
Drawer/inner drawer M
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions for
screw-on front
Front drilling dimensions for
EXPANDO/knock-in
Back installation dimensions
Cabinet profile screw positions Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard
Base assembly for quick assembly version
270
350
400
450
500
550
Nominal length NL (mm)
Over extension = 8 mm
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 12 mm
Inner drawer
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 12 mm
Drawer
LW - 31 mm
LW - 31 mm
LW - 64 mm
Back
71 mm
Base
Drawer
NL - 2 mm
Inner drawer
Front
Inner drawer
61 mm
NL - 18 mm
X (mm)
69
53
Drawer
Inner drawer
Page instructions
Overview METABOX 413
Accessories 444
Cabinet profile fixing positions 452
Assembly, removal and adjustment 453
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
Catalogue 2013/2014
Drawer Drawer Inner drawer
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

KB Cabinet width
LW Inner cabinet width
NL Nominal length
FA Front overlay * + 3 mm for inner drawer
434
Box systems
METABOX
Full extension
Drawer/inner drawer K
Space requirement
Order information
Cabinet profile, centre profile and drawer side left/
right
Screw-on ver-
sion
Nominal
length NL
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
330K350PC
330K400PC
330K450PC
330K500PC
330K550PC
330K350PC15
330K400PC15
330K450PC15
330K500PC15
330K550PC15
Quick assembly
version
Colour R9001
1
Order left/right
Nylon
Cover caps for 2a
ZAA.3700 R9001
Part no.

Material Colour
2b
Nylon
Cover caps for 2c
ZAA.3500 R9001 2 x
Part no.

Material Colour
2d
Order left/right
Nylon
Front fixing for inner drawers
ZIF.3030 R9001
Part no.

Material Colour
3
Catalogue 2013/2014
Other colours available upon request (white or grey)
- Full extension with 118 mm high drawer sides
- Steel drawer side cream (RAL 9001), in grey
(RAL 9006) and white upon request
- High impact nylon rollers
- Dyn. load bearing 30 kg
- BLUMATIC self closing feature
- 2-dimensional front adjustment
Order left/right
CLIP front fixing brackets
Knock-in
EXPANDO
Screw-on ZSF.1200
ZSF.1300
ZSF.130E



Fixing Part no.
2a
Order left/right
Standard front fixing brackets left
Knock-in
Screw-on ZSF.1700
ZSF.1800
Alternative to 2a
Fixing Part no.
2c
RAL 9001 cream White grey R9001 WGR
Colour
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

NL Nominal length
() Inner drawer
m
i
n

4
6
m
i
n

8
6
* 1
1
8
15.5
9
1
8
.
5
3
2
3
2
96
64
64
37 128 128
20
128 96
A
B
C
A
B
L
W
K
B
C
435
Box systems
METABOX
Full extension
Drawer/inner drawer K
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions for
screw-on front
Front drilling dimensions for
EXPANDO/knock-in
Back installation dimensions
Cabinet profile screw positions Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard
Base assembly for quick assembly version
350
400
450
500
550
Nominal length NL (mm)
Over extension = 8 mm
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 12 mm
Inner drawer
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 12 mm
Drawer
LW - 31 mm
LW - 31 mm
LW - 64 mm
Back
103 mm
Base
Drawer
NL - 2 mm
Inner drawer
Front
Inner drawer
93 mm
NL - 18 mm
X (mm)
69
53
Drawer
Inner drawer
Page instructions
Overview METABOX 413
Accessories 444
Cabinet profile fixing positions 452
Assembly, removal and adjustment 453
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
Catalogue 2013/2014
Drawer Drawer Inner drawer
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

KB Cabinet width
LW Inner cabinet width
NL Nominal length
FA Front overlay * + 3 mm for inner drawer
436
Box systems
METABOX
Full extension
Drawer/inner drawer H
Space requirement
Order information
Cabinet profile, centre profile and drawer side left/
right
Screw-on ver-
sion
Nominal
length NL
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
330H350PC
330H400PC
330H450PC
330H500PC
330H550PC
330H350PC15
330H400PC15
330H450PC15
330H500PC15
330H550PC15
Quick assembly
version
Colour R9001
1
Order left/right
Nylon
Cover caps for 2a
ZAA.3700 R9001
Part no.

Material Colour
2b
Nylon
Cover caps for 2c
ZAA.3500 R9001 2 x
Part no.

Material Colour
2d
Order left/right
Nylon
Front fixing for inner drawers
ZIF.3050 R9001
Part no.

Material Colour
3
Catalogue 2013/2014
Other colours available upon request (white or grey)
- Full extension with 150 mm high drawer sides
- Steel drawer side cream (RAL 9001), in grey
(RAL 9006) and white upon request
- High impact nylon rollers
- Dyn. load bearing 30 kg
- BLUMATIC self closing feature
- 2-dimensional front adjustment
Order left/right
CLIP front fixing brackets
Knock-in
EXPANDO
Screw-on ZSF.1200
ZSF.1300
ZSF.130E



Fixing Part no.
2a
Order left/right
Standard front fixing brackets left
Knock-in
Screw-on ZSF.1700
ZSF.1800
Alternative to 2a
Fixing Part no.
2c
RAL 9001 cream White grey R9001 WGR
Colour
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

NL Nominal length
() Inner drawer
m
i
n

4
6
m
i
n

1
1
8
*
1
5
0
15.5
9
1
8
.
5
3
2
3
2
3
2
96
64
64
37 128 128
20
128 96
A
B
C
A
B
L
W
K
B
C
437
Box systems
METABOX
Full extension
Drawer/inner drawer H
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions for
screw-on front
Front drilling dimensions for
EXPANDO/knock-in
Back installation dimensions
Cabinet profile screw positions Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard
Base assembly for quick assembly version
350
400
450
500
550
Nominal length NL (mm)
Over extension = 8 mm
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 12 mm
Inner drawer
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 12 mm
Drawer
LW - 31 mm
LW - 31 mm
LW - 64 mm
Back
135 mm
Base
Drawer
NL - 2 mm
Inner drawer
Front
Inner drawer
125 mm
NL - 18 mm
X (mm)
69
53
Drawer
Inner drawer
Page instructions
Overview METABOX 413
Accessories 444
Cabinet profile fixing positions 452
Assembly, removal and adjustment 453
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
Catalogue 2013/2014
Drawer Drawer Inner drawer
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

KB Cabinet width
LW Inner cabinet width
NL Nominal length
FA Front overlay * + 3 mm for inner drawer
438
Box systems
METABOX
Full extension
High fronted pull-out gallery B
Space requirement
Order information
Cabinet profile, centre profile and drawer side left/
right
Screw-on ver-
sion
Nominal
length NL
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
330M350PC
330M400PC
330M450PC
330M500PC
330M550PC
330M350PC15
330M400PC15
330M450PC15
330M500PC15
330M550PC15
Quick assembly
version
Colour R9001
1

Longside gallery rails with back fixing left/right
R9001
Nominal
length NL
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
ZRE.321S.ID
ZRE.371S.ID
ZRE.421S.ID
ZRE.471S.ID
ZRE.521S.ID

4
Order left/right
Nylon
Cover caps for 2a
ZAA.3700 R9001
Part no.

Material Colour
2b
Nylon
Cover caps for 2c
ZAA.3500 R9001 2 x
Part no.

Material Colour
2d
Catalogue 2013/2014
Other colours available upon request (white or grey)
- With simple gallery
- Full extension with 86 mm high drawer sides
- Steel drawer side cream (RAL 9001), in grey
(RAL 9006) and white upon request
- High impact nylon rollers
- Dyn. load bearing 30 kg
- BLUMATIC self closing feature
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
Order left/right
CLIP front fixing brackets
Knock-in
EXPANDO
Screw-on ZSF.1200
ZSF.1300
ZSF.130E



Fixing Part no.
2a
Order left/right
Standard front fixing brackets left
Knock-in
Screw-on ZSF.1700
ZSF.1800
Alternative to 2a
Fixing Part no.
2c
RAL 9001 cream White grey R9001 WGR
Colour

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s
NL Nominal length
m
i
n

5
4
8
6
15.5
m
i
n

1
1
3
9
1
8
.
5
3
2
3
2
3
2
1
4
3
96
64
64
37 128 128
20
128 96
A
B
A
B
L
W
K
B
439
Box systems
METABOX
Full extension
High fronted pull-out gallery B
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions for
screw-on front
Front drilling dimensions for
EXPANDO/knock-in
Back installation dimensions
Cabinet profile screw positions Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard
Base assembly for quick assembly version
350
400
450
500
550
Nominal length NL (mm)
Over extension = 8 mm
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 12 mm
High fronted pull-out
NL - 2 mm
LW - 31 mm
LW - 31 mm
Back
127 mm
Base
X (mm)
69 High fronted
pull-out

Page instructions
Overview METABOX 413
Accessories 444
Accessories ORGA-LINE gallery 450
Cabinet profile fixing positions 452
Assembly, removal and adjustment 453
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
Catalogue 2013/2014
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

KB Cabinet width
LW Inner cabinet width
NL Nominal length
FA Front overlay
440
Box systems
METABOX
Full extension
High fronted pull-out double gallery D
Space requirement
Order information
Cabinet profile, centre profile and drawer side left/
right
Screw-on ver-
sion
Nominal
length NL
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
330M350PC
330M400PC
330M450PC
330M500PC
330M550PC
330M350PC15
330M400PC15
330M450PC15
330M500PC15
330M550PC15
Quick assembly
version
Colour R9001
1

Longside gallery rails with back fixing left/right
R9001
Nominal
length NL
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
ZRE.321S.ID
ZRE.371S.ID
ZRE.421S.ID
ZRE.471S.ID
ZRE.521S.ID

2 x
2 x
2 x
2 x
2 x
4
Order left/right
Nylon
Cover caps for 2a
ZAA.3700 R9001
Part no.

Material Colour
2b
Nylon
Cover caps for 2c
ZAA.3500 R9001 2 x
Part no.

Material Colour
2d
Catalogue 2013/2014
Other colours available upon request (white or grey)
- With double gallery
- Full extension with 86 mm high drawer sides
- Steel drawer side cream (RAL 9001), in grey
(RAL 9006) and white upon request
- High impact nylon rollers
- Dyn. load bearing 30 kg
- BLUMATIC self closing feature
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
Order left/right
CLIP front fixing brackets
Knock-in
EXPANDO
Screw-on ZSF.1200
ZSF.1300
ZSF.130E



Fixing Part no.
2a
Order left/right
Standard front fixing brackets left
Knock-in
Screw-on ZSF.1700
ZSF.1800
Alternative to 2a
Fixing Part no.
2c
RAL 9001 cream White grey R9001 WGR
Colour
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

NL Nominal length
m
i
n

5
4 8
6
15.5
m
i
n

1
7
7
9
1
8
.
5
3
2
3
2
3
2
2
0
7
3
2
3
2
96
64
64
37 128 128
20
128 96
A
B
A
B
L
W
K
B
441
Box systems
METABOX
Full extension
High fronted pull-out double gallery D
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions for
screw-on front
Front drilling dimensions for
EXPANDO/knock-in
Back installation dimensions
Cabinet profile screw positions Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard
Base assembly for quick assembly version
350
400
450
500
550
Nominal length NL (mm)
Over extension = 8 mm
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 12 mm
High fronted pull-out
NL - 2 mm
LW - 31 mm
LW - 31 mm
Back
191 mm
Base
X (mm)
69 High fronted
pull-out

Page instructions
Overview METABOX 413
Accessories 444
Accessories ORGA-LINE gallery 450
Cabinet profile fixing positions 452
Assembly, removal and adjustment 453
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
Catalogue 2013/2014
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

KB Cabinet width
LW Inner cabinet width
NL Nominal length
FA Front overlay
442
Box systems
METABOX
Full extension
High fronted pull-out BOXSIDE D
Space requirement
Order information
Cabinet profile, centre profile and drawer side left/
right
Screw-on ver-
sion
Nominal
length NL
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
330M400PC
330M450PC
330M500PC
330M550PC
330M400PC15
330M450PC15
330M500PC15
330M550PC15
Quick assembly
version
Colour R9001
1

Longside gallery rails with back fixing left/right
R9001
Nominal
length NL
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
ZRE.371S.ID
ZRE.421S.ID
ZRE.471S.ID
ZRE.521S.ID

4

Single-wall BOXSIDE
R9001
Nominal
length NL
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
Z36H367SE01
Z36H417SE01
Z36H467SE01
Z36H517SE01

2 x
2 x
2 x
2 x
5
Order left/right
Nylon
Cover caps for 2a
ZAA.3700 R9001
Part no.

Material Colour
2b
Nylon
Cover caps for 2c
ZAA.3500 R9001 2 x
Part no.

Material Colour
2d
Catalogue 2013/2014
Other colours available upon request (white or grey)
- With single BOXSIDE
- Full extension with 86 mm high drawer sides
- Steel drawer side cream (RAL 9001), in grey
(RAL 9006) and white upon request
- High impact nylon rollers
- Dyn. load bearing 30 kg
- BLUMATIC self closing feature
- 3-dimensional front adjustment
Order left/right
CLIP front fixing brackets
Knock-in
EXPANDO
Screw-on ZSF.1200
ZSF.1300
ZSF.130E



Fixing Part no.
2a
Order left/right
Standard front fixing brackets left
Knock-in
Screw-on ZSF.1700
ZSF.1800
Alternative to 2a
Fixing Part no.
2c
RAL 9001 cream White grey R9001 WGR
Colour
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

NL Nominal length
m
i
n

5
4
8
6
15.5
m
i
n

1
7
7
12
6
4
1
2
8
m
i
n
1
3
.
5
10
+ 0.2
0.1
10
+ 0.2
0.1
9
1
8
.
5
3
2
9
6
2
0
7
3
2
96
64
37 128 128
20
128 96
A
B
A
B
L
W
K
B
443
Box systems
METABOX
Full extension
High fronted pull-out BOXSIDE D
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions for
screw-on front
Front drilling dimensions for
EXPANDO/knock-in
Back installation dimensions
Cabinet profile screw positions Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard
Base assembly for quick assembly version
400
450
500
550
Nominal length NL (mm)
Over extension = 8 mm
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 12 mm
High fronted pull-out
NL - 2 mm
LW - 31 mm
LW - 31 mm
Back
191 mm
Base
X (mm)
69 High fronted
pull-out

Page instructions
Overview METABOX 413
Accessories 444
Accessories ORGA-LINE BOXSIDE 451
Cabinet profile fixing positions 452
Assembly, removal and adjustment 453
Overview assembly devices 605
More technical details 684
Catalogue 2013/2014
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

KB Cabinet width
LW Inner cabinet width
NL Nominal length
FA Front overlay
m
i
n

5
4
8
6
15.5
3
2
m
i
n

8
6
1
1
8
15.5
3
2
m
i
n

1
1
8
1
5
0
15.5
3
2
1
8
.
5

-

M
5
0
.
5

-

K
8
2
.
5

-

H
3
2
29
1
4
.
4
37
16 28
1
4
.
4
m
i
n

5
0
16 28
1
2
3
1 1
22
444
Box systems
METABOX
Accessories
Side stabilisation installed at the back
Cutting
1 Internal cabinet width LW - 86 mm
ZST.450MH
ZST.500MH
ZST.550MH
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm



Nominal length NL Part no.
Cabinet profile fixing positions 452
Page instructions
Planning
Space requirement in
cabinet
Space requirement in
cabinet
Space requirement in
cabinet
Installation dimensions
height M, K and H
Assembly
Child safety latch
Child safety latch 295.5500
Part no.
Planning
Cabinet installation
dimensions 320
Front installation dimen-
sions 320
Cabinet installation
dimensions 330
Front installation dimen-
sions 330
Assembly
- For full extension with wooden back
- Additional stabilisation for extra wide drawers
and high fronted pull-outs
- Recommendation: cabinet width 900 to
1200 mm
- For single (320) and full extension (330)
- To prevent small children from opening the
drawer
- Material: nylon, natural coloured
Catalogue 2013/2014
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

[1] Drilling
A B
80.5 88
48.5
120
56
112.5
330
M
K
H
21
9
B
m
i
n

A
m
i
n

4
6
4
m
i
n

7
4
A
B
C
B

=

3
7 A

=

2
0
.
5
C
A
B
445
Box systems
METABOX
Accessories
Anti-tilt device
Anti-tilt device 295.5300
Part no.
Planning
320 330
Assembly

Spacers
4 mm
8 mm
8 mm with dowel 5 mm
320M0048
320M0088
320M0188



Part no. Spacing


Assembly
320M0088
320M0188
320M0188
320M0188
Hinge
1 x
1 x
1 x
1 x
+
+
+
+
1 x
1 x
1 x
1 x
2 x
1 x
3 x
2 x
Spacer/fixing Spacers/quantity and part no.
170 8 mm
4 x 20 mm
100/107/120 12 mm
4 x 25 mm
Profile/thick door 16 mm
4 x 30 mm
Maximum spacing 24 mm
4 x 40 mm
320M0088
320M0188
320M0048
320M0048
320M0088
320M0088
320M0088
320M0088
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

- For centre locking mechanisms for single (320) and full
extensions (330)
- In combination with locking systems (locking bar systems)
- If one drawer is open, the others are locked (pull-out lock)
- Material: nylon, RAL 9001 cream
- For inner drawers with single extensions (320)
- To space drawers beyond the door protrusion
- Stacking possible (up to 24 mm)
- Screw fixing with version available for pre-
drilled 5 mm holes
- Material: nylon, RAL 9001 cream
Catalogue 2013/2014
m
i
n

8
6
8
6
15.5
m
i
n

2
1
3
m
i
n

5
4
8
6
15.5
m
i
n

2
3
7
1
2
3
4
1
A4
2
1
2
3
4
5
446
Box systems
METABOX
Accessories
METAFILE file drawer
METAFILE file drawer ZRM.5500
Part no.
Full extension 438
Single extension 424
Page instructions
Planning
Space requirement in
cabinet
Installation dimensions
for screw-on front
Front drilling dimensions
for EXPANDO/knock-in
Back installation dimen-
sions
Space requirement in
cabinet
Installation dimensions
for screw-on front
Front drilling dimensions
for EXPANDO/knock-in
Back installation dimen-
sions
Assembly
DIN-A4 cutting dimensions across DIN-A4 cutting dimensions lengthwise
- For tilt adjustment, high fronted pull-out, height
B with gallery
- Nominal length 450 to 550 mm
- Cabinet width 275 up to 600 mm
- Material: nylon/steel
- Colour: RAL 9001 cream
Min. nominal length = 500 mm
[1] Nominal length - 28 mm
[2] 305 mm
[3] Nominal length - 406 mm
[4] Internal cabinet width - 82 mm
[5] Internal cabinet width - 59 mm
Min. internal width = 376 mm
[1] Nominal length - 28 mm
[2] Nominal length - 53 mm
Catalogue 2013/2014

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s
FA Front overlay
FA Front overlay
11
2
447
Box systems
METABOX
Accessories
BLUMOTION for METABOX 320
BLUMOTION for METABOX 320 Z70.0320
Part no.


Contoured profile
Contoured profile ZSD.1200S
Part no.
Cutting dim. for 16 mm chipboard

Pull-out stop 320
Pull-out stop 320 320M0009.01
Part no.
Assembly

POSISTOP 320
Assembly
POSISTOP 330
POSISTOP 330 330.0028
Part no.
Assembly
- Screw-on version
- For cutting to size, 1200 mm
- For 16 mm base
- Material: nylon, RAL 9001 cream
LW - 34 mm
- Stop in runner system
- Developed to relieve pressure on the drawer
front
- For single extension
- Produces either a 1.5 or 3 mm gap
- Symmetrical
- Material: nylon, natural coloured
- To prevent accidental removal of drawer
specially for cutlery or machine/applicance
pull-outs
- For single extension
- Material: nylon, natural coloured
- Stop in runner system
- Developed to relieve pressure on the drawer
front
- For full extension
- Produces a 1.5 mm gap
- Material: nylon, natural coloured
Standard drawer
NL - 2 mm
Inner drawer
NL - 18 mm
Catalogue 2013/2014
1.5 mm
3 mm
298.3210.01
298.3230.01
Part no. Front gap
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

- For single extension
- Dyn. load bearing 25 kg
- Only one BLUMOTION unit required up to
cabinet width KB 900 mm
- Material: nylon; BLUMOTION white grey; latch
RAL 9001 cream
- Other colours available for latch upon request
(white or grey)
3.5
X
7
6
X
8
6
X
7
448
Box systems
METABOX
Accessories
Chipboard screws 3.5 mm
609.1500
609.1700
15 mm
17 mm


Length (X) Part no.
System screws 6.0 mm
661.1000.HG
661.1150.HG
661.1300.HG
661.1450.HG
661.2000.HG
10 mm
11.5 mm
13 mm
14.5 mm
20 mm





Length (X) Part no.
Special system screws 6.0 mm
662.1150.HG
662.1300.HG
662.1450.HG
11.5 mm
13 mm
14.5 mm



Length (X) Part no.
Centre bit

Centre bit
Replacement bit
M01.ZZ03
M01.ZZB3
Part no.
Stick-on door buffer
Stick-on door buffer 993.710
Part no.
8 mm door buffer
8 mm door buffer 993.706
Part no.
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

Catalogue 2013/2014
- 2.7 mm, length 70 mm
- To pre-drill for 3.5 mm chipboard screws
- Drilling depth up to 8 mm
- Material: steel, hardened
- 3.5 mm
- Material: steel, nickel plated
- 6 mm
- Drilling diameter 5 mm
- Material: steel, nickel plated
- 6 mm
- Drilling diameter 5 mm
- Material: steel, nickel plated
- For noise reduction
- Gap 2 mm
- Two-part
- Material: nylon, RAL 9006 white aluminium
- For noise reduction
- Material: nylon, natural coloured
449
Box systems
METABOX
Accessories
Pozidrive screwdriver
Pozidrive screwdriver 303.756.1
Part no.
Slotted screwdriver
Slotted screwdriver 314.928.1
Part no.
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

Catalogue 2013/2014
- PZ (Pozi) size 2
- Blade length 100 mm
- Overall length 200 mm
- Orange handle with Blum logo
- Material: nylon/steel, black/orange
- Slotted, size 1.0 x 5.5 mm
- Blade length 125 mm
- Overall length 225 mm
- Orange handle with Blum logo
- Material: nylon/steel, black/orange
450
Box systems
METABOX
Accessories ORGA-LINE gallery
Cross gallery rails for cutting to size
Cross gallery rails for cutting to size ZRG.1104U
Part no.
Internal cabinet width LW - 58 mm
Cutting
Cross gallery connector
Cross gallery connector ZRU.00Z0
Part no.
Lateral divider
Lateral divider ZRU.00F0
Part no. - Gallery division
- Clip-on fixing to gallery
- Material: nylon
- Colour: RAL 9001 cream
- Cross gallery connector for two cross gallery
rails
- Slide-on connection of gallery to gallery fixing
- Insertion and screw-on fixing
- Material: nylon
- Colour: RAL 9001 cream
Catalogue 2013/2014
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

- For cutting to size, 1104 mm
- Suitable for cabinet width KB 1200 mm
- Material: aluminium
- Colour: RAL 9001 cream
451
Box systems
METABOX
Accessories ORGA-LINE BOXSIDE
Cross gallery rails for cutting to size
Cross gallery rails for cutting to size ZRG.1104U
Part no.
Internal cabinet width LW - 65 mm
Cutting
Gallery connector
Gallery connector ZRU.10B1E
Part no.
Lateral divider
Lateral divider ZRU.00F0
Part no. - Gallery division
- Clip-on fixing to gallery
- Material: nylon
- Colour: RAL 9001 cream
- Clip-on to gallery
- Connects the cross gallery with BOXSIDE
- Material: nylon/steel
- Colour: RAL 9001 cream
Catalogue 2013/2014
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

- For cutting to size, 1104 mm
- Suitable for cabinet width KB 1200 mm
- Material: aluminium
- Colour: RAL 9001 cream
A
B
C
A
B
C
A
B
C
A
B
C
A
B
C
270
550
500
400 - 450
350
A
B
A
B
A
B
350 - 450
500 - 550
270
452
Box systems
METABOX
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Cabinet profile 320 25 kg Cabinet profile 330 30 kg
Side stabilisation installed at the back
7
37 128 128
64
96 128
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 25 mm
450
500
550
Nominal length NL (mm)
Catalogue 2013/2014
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

Fixing onto cabinet
A Chipboard screws 4 x 15 mm
B Chipboard screws, part no. 661.1450.HG
C Chipboard screws 3.5 x 15 mm for high fronted pull-out
Fixing onto cabinet
A Chipboard screws 4 x 15 mm
B Chipboard screws, part no. 661.1450.HG
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1 2
2
1 3
1
3
2
453
Box systems
METABOX
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Drawer 320/330 N Inner drawer 320/330 N
Drawer 320/330 M/K/H
Inner drawer 320/330 M/K/H

High fronted pull-out
B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

Assembly
Assembly
Front assembly Back assembly Front removal Back removal
Catalogue 2013/2014
ZSF.1510/1610
Assembly
ZSF.1200/1300/130E
Assembly
ZSF.1700/1800
Assembly
1
2
3
454
Box systems
METABOX
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Drawer chipboard back

Drawer insertion and removal

Drawer insertion and removal
BLUMOTION for METABOX 320

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

Catalogue 2013/2014
330
320
1
3
2
1.3
1
3
2
1.5
1
3
2
1.5
1
2
- 1.8
3
4
+ 3.6
555555
1
1.8
2
3
1
+ 1.8
2
3
455
Box systems
METABOX
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Side adjustment Tilt adjustment
Height adjustment
Height adjustment

Height adjustment

B
o
x

s
y
s
t
e
m
s

Catalogue 2013/2014
ZSF.1200/1300/130E
ZSF.1200/1300/130E ZSF.1700/1800
ZSF.1700/1800
ZSF.1510/1610
ZSF.1510/1610 ZSF.1200/1300/130E/1700

Das könnte Ihnen auch gefallen